US20170105980A1 - Methods For Treating Nicotinic Acetylcholine Receptor Associated Diseases - Google Patents
Methods For Treating Nicotinic Acetylcholine Receptor Associated Diseases Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20170105980A1 US20170105980A1 US15/160,772 US201615160772A US2017105980A1 US 20170105980 A1 US20170105980 A1 US 20170105980A1 US 201615160772 A US201615160772 A US 201615160772A US 2017105980 A1 US2017105980 A1 US 2017105980A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- lynx1
- subject
- moiety
- methods
- plasticity
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 142
- 102000019315 Nicotinic acetylcholine receptors Human genes 0.000 title claims abstract description 55
- 108050006807 Nicotinic acetylcholine receptors Proteins 0.000 title claims abstract description 55
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 title description 62
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 title description 7
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 76
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 48
- ADEBPBSSDYVVLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N donepezil Chemical group O=C1C=2C=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=2CC1CC(CC1)CCN1CC1=CC=CC=C1 ADEBPBSSDYVVLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 30
- 239000000544 cholinesterase inhibitor Substances 0.000 claims description 28
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 26
- 229940122041 Cholinesterase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 claims description 17
- 210000003061 neural cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 17
- ASUTZQLVASHGKV-JDFRZJQESA-N galanthamine Chemical compound O1C(=C23)C(OC)=CC=C2CN(C)CC[C@]23[C@@H]1C[C@@H](O)C=C2 ASUTZQLVASHGKV-JDFRZJQESA-N 0.000 claims description 13
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 229960003530 donepezil Drugs 0.000 claims description 9
- OIPILFWXSMYKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetylcholine Chemical compound CC(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C OIPILFWXSMYKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 229960004373 acetylcholine Drugs 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 210000003926 auditory cortex Anatomy 0.000 claims description 6
- 210000000337 motor cortex Anatomy 0.000 claims description 6
- XSVMFMHYUFZWBK-NSHDSACASA-N Rivastigmine Chemical compound CCN(C)C(=O)OC1=CC=CC([C@H](C)N(C)C)=C1 XSVMFMHYUFZWBK-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 229960003980 galantamine Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- ASUTZQLVASHGKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N galanthamine hydrochloride Natural products O1C(=C23)C(OC)=CC=C2CN(C)CCC23C1CC(O)C=C2 ASUTZQLVASHGKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 229960004136 rivastigmine Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- 229960001685 tacrine Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- YLJREFDVOIBQDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tacrine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(N)=C(CCCC3)C3=NC2=C1 YLJREFDVOIBQDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 abstract description 64
- 230000007996 neuronal plasticity Effects 0.000 abstract description 34
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 abstract description 26
- 210000000977 primary visual cortex Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 18
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 96
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 94
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 88
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 86
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 86
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 79
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 55
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 55
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 51
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 51
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 34
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 33
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 32
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 28
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 26
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 26
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 25
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 24
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 23
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 22
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 21
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 21
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 21
- 108020004459 Small interfering RNA Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 19
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 19
- 201000009487 Amblyopia Diseases 0.000 description 18
- 241000721701 Lynx Species 0.000 description 18
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 18
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 17
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 17
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 17
- 206010003805 Autism Diseases 0.000 description 16
- 208000020706 Autistic disease Diseases 0.000 description 16
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 16
- 208000010877 cognitive disease Diseases 0.000 description 15
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 14
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- 201000000980 schizophrenia Diseases 0.000 description 13
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 13
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 208000020016 psychiatric disease Diseases 0.000 description 12
- -1 sdRNAs Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 12
- 238000011813 knockout mouse model Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000012353 t test Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 10
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000001415 gene therapy Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000007423 screening assay Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 10
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 9
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000001713 cholinergic effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 9
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 8
- 201000000050 myeloid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 8
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 108090000994 Catalytic RNA Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000053642 Catalytic RNA Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000001537 neural effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 108091092562 ribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 210000000857 visual cortex Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Chemical compound O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- PIJVFDBKTWXHHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Physostigmine Natural products C12=CC(OC(=O)NC)=CC=C2N(C)C2C1(C)CCN2C PIJVFDBKTWXHHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000012228 RNA interference-mediated gene silencing Methods 0.000 description 6
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 229940039856 aricept Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 230000001054 cortical effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229960003529 diazepam Drugs 0.000 description 6
- AAOVKJBEBIDNHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N diazepam Chemical compound N=1CC(=O)N(C)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1 AAOVKJBEBIDNHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000004438 eyesight Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000009368 gene silencing by RNA Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000007901 in situ hybridization Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 6
- IMYZQPCYWPFTAG-IQJOONFLSA-N mecamylamine Chemical compound C1C[C@@H]2C(C)(C)[C@@](NC)(C)[C@H]1C2 IMYZQPCYWPFTAG-IQJOONFLSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229960002525 mecamylamine Drugs 0.000 description 6
- XLTANAWLDBYGFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyllycaconitine hydrochloride Natural products C1CC(OC)C2(C3C4OC)C5CC(C(C6)OC)C(OC)C5C6(O)C4(O)C2N(CC)CC31COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1N1C(=O)CC(C)C1=O XLTANAWLDBYGFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229960001697 physostigmine Drugs 0.000 description 6
- PIJVFDBKTWXHHD-HIFRSBDPSA-N physostigmine Chemical compound C12=CC(OC(=O)NC)=CC=C2N(C)[C@@H]2[C@@]1(C)CCN2C PIJVFDBKTWXHHD-HIFRSBDPSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000004304 visual acuity Effects 0.000 description 6
- SNICXCGAKADSCV-JTQLQIEISA-N (-)-Nicotine Chemical compound CN1CCC[C@H]1C1=CC=CN=C1 SNICXCGAKADSCV-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229940100578 Acetylcholinesterase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 5
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229960002715 nicotine Drugs 0.000 description 5
- SNICXCGAKADSCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N nicotine Natural products CN1CCCC1C1=CC=CN=C1 SNICXCGAKADSCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000003259 recombinant expression Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 5
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000004350 Strabismus Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 4
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 4
- ALSKYCOJJPXPFS-BBRMVZONSA-N dihydro-beta-erythroidine Chemical compound C([C@@H](C[C@@]123)OC)C=C1CCN2CCC1=C3CC(=O)OC1 ALSKYCOJJPXPFS-BBRMVZONSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 4
- FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N hypoxanthine Chemical compound O=C1NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 4
- XLTANAWLDBYGFU-VTLKBQQISA-N methyllycaconitine Chemical compound C([C@]12CN([C@@H]3[C@@]4(O)[C@]5(O)[C@H]6[C@@H](OC)[C@@H]([C@H](C5)OC)C[C@H]6[C@@]3([C@@H]1[C@@H]4OC)[C@@H](OC)CC2)CC)OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1N1C(=O)C[C@H](C)C1=O XLTANAWLDBYGFU-VTLKBQQISA-N 0.000 description 4
- FRZAEBZEHFXWKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyllycaconitine Natural products CCN1CC2(COC(=O)c3ccccc3N4C(=O)CC(C)C4=O)CCC(O)C56C7CC8C(O)C7C(O)(CC8OC)C(O)(C(OC)C25)C16 FRZAEBZEHFXWKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000001823 molecular biology technique Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000002823 phage display Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 206010002091 Anaesthesia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RZZPDXZPRHQOCG-OJAKKHQRSA-O CDP-choline(1+) Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)N=C(N)C=C1 RZZPDXZPRHQOCG-OJAKKHQRSA-O 0.000 description 3
- 108091033380 Coding strand Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 3
- 206010027476 Metastases Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 3
- 101001038504 Mus musculus Ly6/PLAUR domain-containing protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 3
- 102000006382 Ribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010083644 Ribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 108090000848 Ubiquitin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000044159 Ubiquitin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000037005 anaesthesia Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000164 antipsychotic agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940005529 antipsychotics Drugs 0.000 description 3
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000008512 biological response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000026106 cerebrovascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000006735 deficit Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 3
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 3
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960003692 gamma aminobutyric acid Drugs 0.000 description 3
- BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-aminobutyric acid Chemical compound NCCCC(O)=O BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000001476 gene delivery Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000030214 innervation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000015654 memory Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000009401 metastasis Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000013615 primer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003753 real-time PCR Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004043 responsiveness Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001177 retroviral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003997 social interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 3
- 210000004988 splenocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000012549 training Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 3
- WSPOMRSOLSGNFJ-AUWJEWJLSA-N (Z)-chlorprothixene Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C=C2C(=C/CCN(C)C)\C3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 WSPOMRSOLSGNFJ-AUWJEWJLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RFLVMTUMFYRZCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylguanine Chemical compound O=C1N(C)C(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 RFLVMTUMFYRZCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YSAJFXWTVFGPAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(2,4-dioxo-1h-pyrimidin-5-yl)oxy]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)COC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O YSAJFXWTVFGPAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FZWGECJQACGGTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-7-methyl-1,7-dihydro-6H-purin-6-one Chemical compound NC1=NC(O)=C2N(C)C=NC2=N1 FZWGECJQACGGTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OVONXEQGWXGFJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-sulfanylidene-1h-pyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound SC=1C=CNC(=O)N=1 OVONXEQGWXGFJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OIVLITBTBDPEFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5,6-dihydrouracil Chemical compound O=C1CCNC(=O)N1 OIVLITBTBDPEFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZLAQATDNGLKIEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methyl-2-sulfanylidene-1h-pyrimidin-4-one Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=S)NC1=O ZLAQATDNGLKIEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000702423 Adeno-associated virus - 2 Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101710195183 Alpha-bungarotoxin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108020005544 Antisense RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010008088 Cerebral artery embolism Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000009660 Cholinergic Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010009685 Cholinergic Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000003914 Cholinesterases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000322 Cholinesterases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000028698 Cognitive impairment Diseases 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003155 DNA primer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 206010012239 Delusion Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000031124 Dementia Alzheimer type Diseases 0.000 description 2
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000710188 Encephalomyocarditis virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000991587 Enterovirus C Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000001692 Esotropia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000004547 Hallucinations Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hypoxanthine nucleoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(NC=NC2=O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108020004684 Internal Ribosome Entry Sites Proteins 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 102000014415 Muscarinic acetylcholine receptor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108050003473 Muscarinic acetylcholine receptor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- HYVABZIGRDEKCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N N(6)-dimethylallyladenine Chemical compound CC(C)=CCNC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 HYVABZIGRDEKCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229930040373 Paraformaldehyde Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 102000001675 Parvalbumin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108060005874 Parvalbumin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091093037 Peptide nucleic acid Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000709664 Picornaviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 2
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108700008625 Reporter Genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000000692 Student's t-test Methods 0.000 description 2
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000030886 Traumatic Brain injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Uracil Chemical compound O=C1C=CNC(=O)N1 ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- RRGMXBQMCUKRLH-CTNGQTDRSA-N [(3ar,8bs)-3,4,8b-trimethyl-2,3a-dihydro-1h-pyrrolo[2,3-b]indol-7-yl] n-heptylcarbamate Chemical compound C12=CC(OC(=O)NCCCCCCC)=CC=C2N(C)[C@@H]2[C@@]1(C)CCN2C RRGMXBQMCUKRLH-CTNGQTDRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940041181 antineoplastic drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003542 behavioural effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000029028 brain injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000003710 cerebral cortex Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 206010008118 cerebral infarction Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000013043 chemical agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001552 chlorprothixene Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000002932 cholinergic neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229940048961 cholinesterase Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000008045 co-localization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001149 cognitive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003920 cognitive function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003184 complementary RNA Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002591 computed tomography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012228 culture supernatant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001186 cumulative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000172 cytosol Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001934 delay Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000868 delusion Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000002996 emotional effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000763 evoking effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002964 excitative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000030279 gene silencing Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000003364 immunohistochemistry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000001153 interneuron Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 201000010849 intracranial embolism Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000366 juvenile effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl salicylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001952 metrifonate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002679 microRNA Substances 0.000 description 2
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000023105 myelination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940105631 nembutal Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000000478 neocortex Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000000926 neurological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004940 nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000000869 occipital lobe Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000001543 one-way ANOVA Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920002866 paraformaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 2
- WEXRUCMBJFQVBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentobarbital Chemical compound CCCC(C)C1(CC)C(=O)NC(=O)NC1=O WEXRUCMBJFQVBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000816 peptidomimetic Substances 0.000 description 2
- YBYRMVIVWMBXKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride Chemical compound FS(=O)(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 YBYRMVIVWMBXKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002504 physiological saline solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000013406 repetitive behavior Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000003989 repetitive behavior Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- QZAYGJVTTNCVMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N serotonin Chemical compound C1=C(O)C=C2C(CCN)=CNC2=C1 QZAYGJVTTNCVMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004055 small Interfering RNA Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003998 snake venom Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001082 somatic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000004092 somatosensory cortex Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000012421 spiking Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000023516 stroke disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 2
- RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N thymine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009529 traumatic brain injury Effects 0.000 description 2
- NFACJZMKEDPNKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichlorfon Chemical compound COP(=O)(OC)C(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl NFACJZMKEDPNKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000002845 virion Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000000239 visual pathway Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000004400 visual pathway Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 2
- LYTCVQQGCSNFJU-LKGYBJPKSA-N α-bungarotoxin Chemical compound C(/[C@H]1O[C@H]2C[C@H]3O[C@@H](CC(=C)C=O)C[C@H](O)[C@]3(C)O[C@@H]2C[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1C2)=C/C[C@]1(C)O[C@H]1[C@@]2(C)O[C@]2(C)CC[C@@H]3O[C@@H]4C[C@]5(C)O[C@@H]6C(C)=CC(=O)O[C@H]6C[C@H]5O[C@H]4C[C@@H](C)[C@H]3O[C@H]2C1 LYTCVQQGCSNFJU-LKGYBJPKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WJNGQIYEQLPJMN-IOSLPCCCSA-N 1-methylinosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(=O)N(C)C=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WJNGQIYEQLPJMN-IOSLPCCCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVUOLADPCWQTTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-1,2-benzodiazepine Chemical compound N1N=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12 SVUOLADPCWQTTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GAPOASFZXBWUGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,2-trifluoro-1-(3-trimethylsilylphenyl)ethanone Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)C1=CC=CC(C(=O)C(F)(F)F)=C1 GAPOASFZXBWUGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YLUSMKAJIQOXPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3,5,6,7,8-hexahydro-1H-cyclopenta[b]quinolin-9-amine Chemical compound C1CCCC2=C1N=C1CCCC1=C2N YLUSMKAJIQOXPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HLYBTPMYFWWNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2,4-dioxo-1h-pyrimidin-5-yl)-2-hydroxyacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)C1=CNC(=O)NC1=O HLYBTPMYFWWNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SGAKLDIYNFXTCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(2,4-dioxo-1h-pyrimidin-5-yl)methylamino]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CNCC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O SGAKLDIYNFXTCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KISWVXRQTGLFGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[2-[[6-amino-2-[[2-[[2-[[5-amino-2-[[2-[[1-[2-[[6-amino-2-[(2,5-diamino-5-oxopentanoyl)amino]hexanoyl]amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)pentanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)p Chemical compound C1CCN(C(=O)C(CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)C(CCCCN)NC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O)C1C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 KISWVXRQTGLFGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XMSMHKMPBNTBOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-dimethylamino-6-hydroxypurine Chemical compound N1C(N(C)C)=NC(=O)C2=C1N=CN2 XMSMHKMPBNTBOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AUVALWUPUHHNQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-3-propylbenzoic acid Chemical class CCCC1=CC=CC(C(O)=O)=C1O AUVALWUPUHHNQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SMADWRYCYBUIKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-7h-purin-6-amine Chemical compound CC1=NC(N)=C2NC=NC2=N1 SMADWRYCYBUIKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KOLPWZCZXAMXKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylcytosine Chemical compound CN1C(N)=CC=NC1=O KOLPWZCZXAMXKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GJAKJCICANKRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-acetyl-4-amino-1,3-dihydropyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound CC(=O)C1(N)NC(=O)NC=C1 GJAKJCICANKRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TVZGACDUOSZQKY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 4-aminofolic acid Chemical compound C1=NC2=NC(N)=NC(N)=C2N=C1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 TVZGACDUOSZQKY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MQJSSLBGAQJNER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-(methylaminomethyl)-1h-pyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound CNCC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O MQJSSLBGAQJNER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WPYRHVXCOQLYLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-[(methoxyamino)methyl]-2-sulfanylidene-1h-pyrimidin-4-one Chemical compound CONCC1=CNC(=S)NC1=O WPYRHVXCOQLYLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QRXMUCSWCMTJGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-bromo-4-chloro-3-indolyl phosphate Chemical compound C1=C(Br)C(Cl)=C2C(OP(O)(=O)O)=CNC2=C1 QRXMUCSWCMTJGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LQLQRFGHAALLLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-bromouracil Chemical compound BrC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O LQLQRFGHAALLLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VKLFQTYNHLDMDP-PNHWDRBUSA-N 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thiouridine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=S)NC(=O)C(CNCC(O)=O)=C1 VKLFQTYNHLDMDP-PNHWDRBUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZFTBZKVVGZNMJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-chlorouracil Chemical compound ClC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O ZFTBZKVVGZNMJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KSNXJLQDQOIRIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-iodouracil Chemical compound IC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O KSNXJLQDQOIRIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KELXHQACBIUYSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methoxy-1h-pyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound COC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O KELXHQACBIUYSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRSASMSXMSNRBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methylcytosine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)N=C1N LRSASMSXMSNRBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DCPSTSVLRXOYGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-amino-1h-pyrimidine-2-thione Chemical compound NC1=CC=NC(S)=N1 DCPSTSVLRXOYGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- APQPVVOYBLOJDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-methoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroacridin-9-amine Chemical compound C1CCCC2=C(N)C3=CC(OC)=CC=C3N=C21 APQPVVOYBLOJDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HERUZAOANPGYSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-(benzylamino)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroacridin-1-ol Chemical compound C=12C(O)CCCC2=NC2=CC=CC=C2C=1NCC1=CC=CC=C1 HERUZAOANPGYSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HLVVITIHAZBPKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-amino-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroacridin-1-ol Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(N)=C(C(O)CCC3)C3=NC2=C1 HLVVITIHAZBPKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSSXOMSJDRHRMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-purine-2,6-diamine Chemical compound NC1=NC(N)=C2NC=NC2=N1 MSSXOMSJDRHRMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013607 AAV vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000215068 Acacia senegal Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000006491 Acacia senegal Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108010085238 Actins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007469 Actins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010001912 Amblyopia strabismic Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000834283 Amblyopsidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000000044 Amnesia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000272525 Anas platyrhynchos Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000303258 Annona diversifolia Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002198 Annona diversifolia Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000272814 Anser sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000271566 Aves Species 0.000 description 1
- DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Beta-D-1-Arabinofuranosylthymine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241000282836 Camelus dromedarius Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700199 Cavia porcellus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010008111 Cerebral haemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010008132 Cerebral thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283153 Cetacea Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091006146 Channels Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010035563 Chloramphenicol O-acetyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000251730 Chondrichthyes Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000005598 Chondroitin Sulfate Proteoglycans Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010059480 Chondroitin Sulfate Proteoglycans Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004394 Complementary RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010010356 Congenital anomaly Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091035707 Consensus sequence Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000699800 Cricetinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000270311 Crocodylus niloticus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000016928 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010014303 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010012289 Dementia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000272095 Dendroaspis angusticeps Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000802896 Dendroaspis angusticeps Dendrotoxin A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000802897 Dendroaspis polylepis polylepis Acetylcholinesterase toxin C Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000702421 Dependoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- QSJXEFYPDANLFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diacetyl Chemical group CC(=O)C(C)=O QSJXEFYPDANLFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SHIBSTMRCDJXLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Digoxigenin Natural products C1CC(C2C(C3(C)CCC(O)CC3CC2)CC2O)(O)C2(C)C1C1=CC(=O)OC1 SHIBSTMRCDJXLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010013142 Disinhibition Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012286 ELISA Assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- VWLHWLSRQJQWRG-UHFFFAOYSA-O Edrophonum Chemical compound CC[N+](C)(C)C1=CC=CC(O)=C1 VWLHWLSRQJQWRG-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorouracil Chemical compound FC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010043121 Green Fluorescent Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004144 Green Fluorescent Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010019070 Hallucination, auditory Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101001054876 Homo sapiens Ly-6/neurotoxin-like protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000664423 Homo sapiens Secreted Ly-6/uPAR domain-containing protein 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701024 Human betaherpesvirus 5 Species 0.000 description 1
- ZRJBHWIHUMBLCN-SEQYCRGISA-N Huperzine A Natural products N1C(=O)C=CC2=C1C[C@H]1/C(=C/C)[C@]2(N)CC(C)=C1 ZRJBHWIHUMBLCN-SEQYCRGISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000000386 Hypertensive Intracranial Hemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000001706 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010054477 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N Inosine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930010555 Inosine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 102000013462 Interleukin-12 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010065805 Interleukin-12 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000001429 Intracranial Thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010022998 Irritability Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PIWKPBJCKXDKJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isoflurane Chemical compound FC(F)OC(Cl)C(F)(F)F PIWKPBJCKXDKJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001276 Kolmogorov–Smirnov test Methods 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000004552 Lacunar Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010051078 Lacunar infarction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710128836 Large T antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000713666 Lentivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010024264 Lethargy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004086 Ligand-Gated Ion Channels Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000543 Ligand-Gated Ion Channels Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102100026856 Ly-6/neurotoxin-like protein 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000007307 Maf Transcription Factors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010033714 Maf Transcription Factors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000018697 Membrane Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 244000246386 Mentha pulegium Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016257 Mentha pulegium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000004357 Mentha x piperita Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 101100128415 Mus musculus Lilrb3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000047918 Myelin Basic Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000006386 Myelin Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010083674 Myelin Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710107068 Myelin basic protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- SGSSKEDGVONRGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N N(2)-methylguanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(NC)=NC2=C1N=CN2 SGSSKEDGVONRGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940099433 NMDA receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108091061960 Naked DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010060860 Neurological symptom Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710138657 Neurotoxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 244000061176 Nicotiana tabacum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002637 Nicotiana tabacum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108091092724 Noncoding DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940127307 Noncompetitive NMDA Receptor Antagonists Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010077850 Nuclear Localization Signals Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012408 PCR amplification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002033 PVDF binder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000282577 Pan troglodytes Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001631646 Papillomaviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010067902 Peptide Library Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000276498 Pollachius virens Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002732 Polyanhydride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000954 Polyglycolide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001710 Polyorthoester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000037048 Prodromal Symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000125945 Protoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- RVOLLAQWKVFTGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridostigmine Chemical compound CN(C)C(=O)OC1=CC=C[N+](C)=C1 RVOLLAQWKVFTGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100236064 Rattus norvegicus Lilrb3l gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000712909 Reticuloendotheliosis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000003661 Ribonuclease III Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010057163 Ribonuclease III Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010039966 Senile dementia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091081021 Sense strand Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000270295 Serpentes Species 0.000 description 1
- ZRJBHWIHUMBLCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Shuangyiping Natural products N1C(=O)C=CC2=C1CC1C(=CC)C2(N)CC(C)=C1 ZRJBHWIHUMBLCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700584 Simplexvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091027967 Small hairpin RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bisulfite Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])=O DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241000251131 Sphyrna Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000032851 Subarachnoid Hemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710137500 T7 RNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000223892 Tetrahymena Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000906446 Theraps Species 0.000 description 1
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophosphoric acid Chemical group OP(O)(S)=O RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000010632 Transcription Factor Activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000032109 Transient ischaemic attack Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010057266 Type A Botulinum Toxins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700618 Vaccinia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DLYSYXOOYVHCJN-UDWGBEOPSA-N [(2r,3s,5r)-2-[[[(4-methoxyphenyl)-diphenylmethyl]amino]methyl]-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-3-yl]oxyphosphonamidous acid Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)(C=1C=CC=CC=1)NC[C@@H]1[C@@H](OP(N)O)C[C@H](N2C(NC(=O)C(C)=C2)=O)O1 DLYSYXOOYVHCJN-UDWGBEOPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YYBNDIVPHIWTPK-KYJQVDHRSA-N [(3as,8bs)-3,4,8b-trimethyl-1,2,3,3a-tetrahydropyrrolo[2,3-b]indol-3-ium-7-yl] n-methylcarbamate;sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.C12=CC(OC(=O)NC)=CC=C2N(C)[C@@H]2[C@@]1(C)CC[NH+]2C.C12=CC(OC(=O)NC)=CC=C2N(C)[C@@H]2[C@@]1(C)CC[NH+]2C YYBNDIVPHIWTPK-KYJQVDHRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FWNHTEHWJKUVPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-(dimethylamino)phenyl] n,n-dimethylcarbamate Chemical compound CN(C)C(=O)OC1=CC=CC(N(C)C)=C1 FWNHTEHWJKUVPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001594 aberrant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003070 absorption delaying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000641 acridinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003044 adaptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N alprazolam Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2N2C(C)=NN=C2CN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WLDHEUZGFKACJH-UHFFFAOYSA-K amaranth Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].C12=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C2C=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C(O)=C1N=NC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C2=CC=CC=C12 WLDHEUZGFKACJH-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229960000451 ambenonium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OMHBPUNFVFNHJK-UHFFFAOYSA-P ambenonium Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(Cl)C=1C[N+](CC)(CC)CCNC(=O)C(=O)NCC[N+](CC)(CC)CC1=CC=CC=C1Cl OMHBPUNFVFNHJK-UHFFFAOYSA-P 0.000 description 1
- 229960003896 aminopterin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000843 anti-fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000628 antibody-producing cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000935 antidepressant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005513 antidepressants Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000074 antisense oligonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012230 antisense oligonucleotides Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037007 arousal Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013096 assay test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003376 axonal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010028263 bacteriophage T3 RNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000003385 bacteriostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013542 behavioral therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940049706 benzodiazepine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoquinolinylidene Chemical group C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108010005774 beta-Galactosidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005936 beta-Galactosidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-L-thymidine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004166 bioassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000249 biocompatible polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000074 biopharmaceutical Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940089093 botox Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000006931 brain damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000874 brain damage Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 244000309464 bull Species 0.000 description 1
- DQXBYHZEEUGOBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N but-3-enoic acid;ethene Chemical compound C=C.OC(=O)CC=C DQXBYHZEEUGOBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000378 calcium silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052918 calcium silicate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012241 calcium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- OYACROKNLOSFPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N calcium;dioxido(oxo)silane Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-][Si]([O-])=O OYACROKNLOSFPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001269 cardiogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006143 cell culture medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004700 cellular uptake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000002490 cerebral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004289 cerebral ventricle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- MTCMTKNMZCPKLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N chembl359570 Chemical compound N=1OC=2C=C3NC(=O)CC3=CC=2C=1CCC(CC1)CCN1CC1=CC=CC=C1 MTCMTKNMZCPKLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960001284 citicoline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001860 citric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000012411 cloning technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004170 clozapine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QZUDBNBUXVUHMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N clozapine Chemical compound C1CN(C)CCN1C1=NC2=CC(Cl)=CC=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 QZUDBNBUXVUHMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009225 cognitive behavioral therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940075614 colloidal silicon dioxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013256 coordination polymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000151 cysteine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007850 degeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000412 dendrimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000736 dendritic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000010217 densitometric analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000586 desensitisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002059 diagnostic imaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- QONQRTHLHBTMGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N digitoxigenin Natural products CC12CCC(C3(CCC(O)CC3CC3)C)C3C11OC1CC2C1=CC(=O)OC1 QONQRTHLHBTMGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SHIBSTMRCDJXLN-KCZCNTNESA-N digoxigenin Chemical compound C1([C@@H]2[C@@]3([C@@](CC2)(O)[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@]4(C)CC[C@H](O)C[C@H]4CC2)C[C@H]3O)C)=CC(=O)OC1 SHIBSTMRCDJXLN-KCZCNTNESA-N 0.000 description 1
- PXWINCSLFXUWBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydro-beta-erythroidine Natural products C1C(=O)OCC2=C1C13CC(OC)C=CC1=CCN3CC2 PXWINCSLFXUWBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K dihydroxy(stearato)aluminium Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)O[Al](O)O UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 230000003467 diminishing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009429 distress Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002222 downregulating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001647 drug administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004064 dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003748 edrophonium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002406 edrophonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BXKDSDJJOVIHMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N edrophonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CC[N+](C)(C)C1=CC=CC(O)=C1 BXKDSDJJOVIHMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002900 effect on cell Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001962 electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002337 electrophoretic mobility shift assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001804 emulsifying effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- FQELZLMTAPJJOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ensaculin Chemical compound COC1=CC=2OC(=O)C(C)=C(C)C=2C=C1OCCCN(CC1)CCN1C1=CC=CC=C1OC FQELZLMTAPJJOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001973 epigenetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229950010753 eptastigmine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005038 ethylene vinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003722 extracellular fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000013213 extrapolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000744 eyelid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000009231 family therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002949 fluorouracil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000007710 freezing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008014 freezing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010230 functional analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002538 fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000799 fusogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001641 gel filtration chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003633 gene expression assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012226 gene silencing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004602 germ cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195712 glutamate Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229930004094 glycosylphosphatidylinositol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000005090 green fluorescent protein Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009036 growth inhibition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005802 health problem Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000001050 hortel pimenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000003642 hunger Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ZRJBHWIHUMBLCN-YQEJDHNASA-N huperzine A Chemical compound N1C(=O)C=CC2=C1C[C@H]1\C(=C/C)[C@]2(N)CC(C)=C1 ZRJBHWIHUMBLCN-YQEJDHNASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000013403 hyperactivity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229950010480 icopezil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001114 immunoprecipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003308 immunostimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004377 improving vision Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003786 inosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000138 intercalating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940117681 interleukin-12 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000185 intracerebroventricular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004255 ion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960005490 ipidacrine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003447 ipsilateral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002725 isoflurane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012417 linear regression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007787 long-term memory Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000863 loss of memory Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000002595 magnetic resonance imaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000723 mammalian artificial chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010534 mechanism of action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003340 mental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004630 mental health Effects 0.000 description 1
- IZAGSTRIDUNNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-[(2,4-dioxo-1h-pyrimidin-5-yl)oxy]acetate Chemical compound COC(=O)COC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O IZAGSTRIDUNNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- STZCRXQWRGQSJD-GEEYTBSJSA-M methyl orange Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1\N=N\C1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 STZCRXQWRGQSJD-GEEYTBSJSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940012189 methyl orange Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001047 methyl salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108091070501 miRNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000000520 microinjection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000027061 mild cognitive impairment Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002324 mouth wash Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940051866 mouthwash Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005012 myelin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003703 n methyl dextro aspartic acid receptor blocking agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- XJVXMWNLQRTRGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(3-methylbut-3-enyl)-2-methylsulfanyl-7h-purin-6-amine Chemical compound CSC1=NC(NCCC(C)=C)=C2NC=NC2=N1 XJVXMWNLQRTRGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002362 neostigmine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LULNWZDBKTWDGK-UHFFFAOYSA-M neostigmine bromide Chemical compound [Br-].CN(C)C(=O)OC1=CC=CC([N+](C)(C)C)=C1 LULNWZDBKTWDGK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 210000000653 nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003988 neural development Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004770 neurodegeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003557 neuropsychological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002858 neurotransmitter agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000956 nontoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000000346 nonvolatile oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003833 nucleoside derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960001136 obidoxime chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001584 occupational therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 1
- JHZHWVQTOXIXIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxo-[[1-[3-[4-(oxoazaniumylmethylidene)pyridin-1-yl]propyl]pyridin-4-ylidene]methyl]azanium;dibromide Chemical compound [Br-].[Br-].C1=CC(=C[NH+]=O)C=CN1CCCN1C=CC(=C[NH+]=O)C=C1 JHZHWVQTOXIXIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZIFJVJZWVSPZLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxo-[[1-[[4-(oxoazaniumylmethylidene)pyridin-1-yl]methoxymethyl]pyridin-4-ylidene]methyl]azanium;dichloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].C1=CC(=C[NH+]=O)C=CN1COCN1C=CC(=C[NH+]=O)C=C1 ZIFJVJZWVSPZLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001936 parietal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008447 perception Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002085 persistent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003285 pharmacodynamic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003742 phenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002467 phosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])O[*] 0.000 description 1
- 150000008300 phosphoramidites Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001847 physostigmine sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036470 plasma concentration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001200 poly(ethylene-vinyl acetate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000747 poly(lactic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000008389 polyethoxylated castor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004633 polyglycolic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004626 polylactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920002981 polyvinylidene fluoride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000002600 positron emission tomography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004481 post-translational protein modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001124 posttranscriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001323 posttranslational effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003456 pralidoxime chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HIGSLXSBYYMVKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N pralidoxime chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C[N+]1=CC=CC=C1\C=N\O HIGSLXSBYYMVKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003518 presynaptic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002987 primer (paints) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005238 principal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004129 prosencephalon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004952 protein activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004853 protein function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001742 protein purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004850 protein–protein interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000017854 proteolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001747 pupil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- VZELUFSMNDBCBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridin-3-yl n,n-dimethylcarbamate Chemical compound CN(C)C(=O)OC1=CC=CN=C1 VZELUFSMNDBCBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002290 pyridostigmine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZRJBHWIHUMBLCN-BMIGLBTASA-N rac-huperzine A Natural products N1C(=O)C=CC2=C1C[C@@H]1C(=CC)[C@@]2(N)CC(C)=C1 ZRJBHWIHUMBLCN-BMIGLBTASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010188 recombinant method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005067 remediation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007634 remodeling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008521 reorganization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003252 repetitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003362 replicative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001850 reproductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003757 reverse transcription PCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004434 saccadic eye movement Effects 0.000 description 1
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940081974 saccharin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019204 saccharin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000901 saccharin and its Na,K and Ca salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001953 sensory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940076279 serotonin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108091006024 signal transducing proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000034285 signal transducing proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000007727 signaling mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002603 single-photon emission computed tomography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000020183 skimmed milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010267 sodium hydrogen sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007909 solid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010532 solid phase synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006104 solid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000027765 speech disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012409 standard PCR amplification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037351 starvation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000021 stimulant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002739 subcortical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000011117 substance-related disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 201000009485 suppression amblyopia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229950011504 suronacrine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005062 synaptic transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000002123 temporal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003461 thalamocortical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100001274 therapeutic index Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L thimerosal Chemical compound [Na+].CC[Hg]SC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940033663 thimerosal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940104230 thymidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003151 transfection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000010875 transient cerebral ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000472 traumatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- 229950009520 trimedoxime bromide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003160 two-hybrid assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000108 ultra-filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940035893 uracil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001291 vacuum drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009777 vacuum freeze-drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229950001843 velnacrine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000605 viral structure Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002645 vision therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008215 water for injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004018 waxing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037221 weight management Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004885 white matter Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- WCNMEQDMUYVWMJ-JPZHCBQBSA-N wybutoxosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(=O)N3C(CC([C@H](NC(=O)OC)C(=O)OC)OO)=C(C)N=C3N(C)C=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WCNMEQDMUYVWMJ-JPZHCBQBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000005253 yeast cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229950004402 zifrosilone Drugs 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
- A61K31/445—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/55—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having seven-membered rings, e.g. azelastine, pentylenetetrazole
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
- A61K31/7088—Compounds having three or more nucleosides or nucleotides
- A61K31/713—Double-stranded nucleic acids or oligonucleotides
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
- A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/18—Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
- C12N15/113—Non-coding nucleic acids modulating the expression of genes, e.g. antisense oligonucleotides; Antisense DNA or RNA; Triplex- forming oligonucleotides; Catalytic nucleic acids, e.g. ribozymes; Nucleic acids used in co-suppression or gene silencing
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/74—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving hormones or other non-cytokine intercellular protein regulatory factors such as growth factors, including receptors to hormones and growth factors
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/10—Type of nucleic acid
- C12N2310/14—Type of nucleic acid interfering nucleic acids [NA]
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2800/00—Detection or diagnosis of diseases
- G01N2800/16—Ophthalmology
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2800/00—Detection or diagnosis of diseases
- G01N2800/30—Psychoses; Psychiatry
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2800/00—Detection or diagnosis of diseases
- G01N2800/70—Mechanisms involved in disease identification
- G01N2800/7057—(Intracellular) signaling and trafficking pathways
Definitions
- the juvenile brain exhibits a high capacity for plasticity and repair that is severely restricted in adulthood.
- the juvenile brain there is a biological “critical period,” when the brain is extraordinarily adaptable.
- the older brain instead of easily re-molding itself to accommodate new kinds of inputs, is more constrained. This waxing and waning of cortical plasticity during a postnatal critical period serves to consolidate neural circuits and behavior, but in turn limits recovery of function in the adult brain.
- amblyopia visual acuity
- V1 primary visual cortex
- the present invention is based, at least in part, on the discovery that Lynx1 expression maintains the stability of mature cortical networks in the presence of cholinergic innervation, thus, preventing plasticity in the adult brain.
- Lynx1 protein prevents experience-dependent brain plasticity in the primary visual cortex of mice late in life and that inhibition of Lynx1 activity enhances nicotinic acetylcholine receptor signaling.
- the present invention provide methods for treating subjects suffering from a disorder associated with a nicotinic acetylcholine receptor (nAChR), methods for treating a subject having a disorder that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity, and methods for modulating the plasticity of the primary visual cortex in subjects by modulating the expression and/or activity of Lynx1.
- nAChR nicotinic acetylcholine receptor
- the present invention provides methods for treating a subject suffering from a disorder associated with a nicotinic actylcholine receptor.
- the methods include modulating the levels of Lynx1 in the subject, thereby treating the subject suffering from a disorder associated with a nicotinic actylcholine receptor.
- the present invention provides methods for treating a subject suffering from a disorder associated with a nicotinic actylcholine receptor.
- the methods include administering to the subject a moiety which modulates the levels of Lynx1 in said subject, thereby treating the subject suffering from a disorder associated with a nicotinic actylcholine receptor.
- the present invention provides methods for treating a subject having a disorder that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity.
- the methods include administering to the subject a moiety which modulates the levels of Lynx1 in said subject, thereby treating the subject having a disorder that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity.
- the present invention provides methods for modulating the plasticity of a population of neural cells.
- the methods include contacting the population of neural cells with a moiety that modulates the levels of Lynx 1, thereby modulating the plascticity of a population of neural cells.
- the moiety is a small molecule, such asAricept® and Reminyl®.
- the moiety is an RNAi, such as a sdRNAi, or an antibody or fragment or derivative thereof.
- the moiety is administered locally.
- the methods of the invention further comprise administering to the subject a cholinesterase inhibitor, such as, Aricept® and Reminyl®.
- a cholinesterase inhibitor such as, Aricept® and Reminyl®.
- the disorder associated with a nicotinic actylcholine receptor may be an ophthalmic disorder, such as amblyopia, a mental illness, such as autism and schizophrenia, or stroke.
- the levels of Lynx1 in said subject are decreased. In another embodiment, the levels of Lynx1 in said subject are increased.
- the subject is a human.
- the present invention provides methods modulating the plasticity of the primary visual cortex in a subject.
- the methods include modulating the levels of Lynx1 in the subject, thereby modulating the plasticity of the primary visual cortex in the subject.
- the present invention provides methods for modulating the plasticity of the primary visual cortex in a subject.
- the methods include administering to the subject a moiety which modulates the levels of Lynx1 in the subject, thereby modulating the plasticity of the primary visual cortex in said subject.
- the present invention provides methods for identifying a compound useful for treating a a subject that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity.
- the methods include providing an indicator composition, contacting the indicator composition with a test compound, determining the effect of a test compound on the expression and/or activity of Lynx 1, and selecting a compound which modulates the expression and/or activity of Lynx1, thereby identifying a compound useful for treating a a subject that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity.
- the present invention provides methods for identifying a compound useful for treating a subject that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity.
- the methods include administering a test compound to a non-human animal model of neural plasticity, determining the effect of a test compound on the expression and/or activity of Lynx 1, and selecting a compound which modulates the expression and/or activity of Lynx 1, thereby identifying a compound useful for treating a a subject that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity.
- the present invention provides compositions.
- the compositions include an inhibitor of Lynx 1, and instructions for use for treating a subject suffering from a disorder associated with a nicotinic actylcholine receptor, such as an ophthalmic disorder, such as amblyopia, a mental illness, such as autism and schizophrenia, or stroke.
- a nicotinic actylcholine receptor such as an ophthalmic disorder, such as amblyopia, a mental illness, such as autism and schizophrenia, or stroke.
- compositions which include an inhibitor of Lynx 1, and instructions for use for treating a subject having a disorder that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity, such as an ophthalmic disorder, such as amblyopia, a mental illness, such as autism and schizophrenia, or stroke.
- an ophthalmic disorder such as amblyopia
- a mental illness such as autism and schizophrenia, or stroke.
- compositions which include an inhibitor of Lynx 1, and instructions for use for modulating the plasticity of the primary visual cortex.
- FIGS. 1A-1E depict that Lynx1 expression increases in adulthood to limit visual plasticity.
- A Expression of Lynx1 protein (top) and mRNA (bottom) across the critical period (CP) (pre-CP: P18; CP: P28; post-CP: P60). **P ⁇ 0.01, *P ⁇ 0.05, oneway analysis of variance. AU, arbitrary units; RQ, relative quantification. Data are shown as the mean ⁇ SEM.
- B In situ hybridization of Lynx1 in adult V1 (top) and LGN (bottom). Scale bar, 100 mm
- C Adult V1 plasticity paradigm by short-term MD (Ad-MD).
- FIGS. 2A-2C depict Lynx2 expression in the visual system.
- A Lynx2 mRNA expression decreases across CP. P ⁇ 0.0001, One-way ANOVA. Mean ⁇ sem.
- B In situ hybridization of lynx2 in adult V1 (upper panel) and LGN (lower panel). Scale, 100 ⁇ m
- C Double in situ hybridization of lynx2 (whte) & PV (gray) in adult V1. Note lynx2 does not co-localize with PV, while lynx1 does ( FIG. 4B ).
- FIGS. 3A-3C depict nicotinic receptors mediate adult plasticity in Lynx1 KO mice.
- FIGS. 4A-4C depict the recovery from amblyopia in Lynx1 KO mice.
- A After long-term MD (LTMD) spanning the critical period (P19 to P33), the deprived eye was reopened (>1 month) until VEP acuity was measured in V1 (>P60).
- physostigmine was injected daily starting at P45.
- B Averaged VEP traces (left, mean ⁇ SEM; scale: 20 mV, 0.1 s) and amplitudes (right) of first negative peak (mean ⁇ SEM) reveal acuity recovery after reopening an eye (dark gray, 6 mice) initially deprived during the critical period (light gray, 5 mice).
- Lynx1 KO mice spontaneously recover from LTMD (0.28 ⁇ 0.03 cyc/deg, 5 mice) simply by reopening the deprived eye (0.56 ⁇ 0.02 cyc/deg, 6 mice; ***P ⁇ 0.0001, t test) to reach normal levels (no MD: 0.56 ⁇ 0.04 cyc/deg, 3 mice).
- FIGS. 5A-5B depict normal perineuronal nets and myelination in Lynx1 KO mice.
- A WFA staining of adult V1 in WT (left) and lynx1 KO (middle) mice. P>0.3, t-test.
- B MBP staining of adult V1 in WT (left) and lynx1 KO (middle) mice. P>0.4, t-test. Scale, 100 ⁇ m.
- FIGS. 6A-6C depict that Lynx1 adjusts cortical excitatory-inhibitory balance to regulate adult plasticity.
- A In WT animals (left), mature excitatory-inhibitory balance is maintained by Lynx1 that limits nAChR response. In Lynx1 KO mice (right), enhanced nAChR signaling leads to excitatory-inhibitory imbalance and adult plasticity, which could be sensitive to acute restoration of inhibition with diazepam (DZ).
- DZ diazepam
- B Double in situ hybridizationof Lynx1 (white) with GAD65 (light gray, top) or parvalbumin (PV, bottom) in adult V1 (left). Scale bar, 100 ⁇ m.
- FIGS. 7A-7B depict co-localization of nAchR ⁇ 2 subunit with lynx1 and PV in the visual system.
- A Double in situ hybridization of lynx1 (dark gray) and nAChR ⁇ 2 (white) in adult V1 and LGN. Scale, 100 ⁇ m
- B Double in situ hybridization of PV (dark gray) and nAChR ⁇ 2 (white) in adult V1. Scale, 100 ⁇ m
- the present invention is based, at least in part, on the discovery that Lynx1 expression maintains the stability of mature cortical networks in the presence of cholinergic innervation, thus, preventing plasticity in the adult brain.
- Lynx1 protein prevents experience-dependent brain plasticity in the primary visual cortex of mice late in life and that inhibition of Lynx1 activity enhances nicotinic acetylcholine receptor signaling.
- the present invention provide methods for treating subjects suffering from a disorder associated with a nicotinic acetylcholine receptor (nAChR), methods for treating a subject having a disorder that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity, and methods for modulating the plasticity of the primary visual cortex in subjects by modulating the expression and/or activity of Lynx1.
- nAChR nicotinic acetylcholine receptor
- an element means one element or more than one element.
- Lynx1 also known as “Ly6/Nuerotoxin 1” and “SLURP2” refers to the endogenous prototoxin similar to ⁇ -bungarotoxin in snake venom which binds to the nicotinic acetylcholine receptor (nAChR), such as the major central subunits ⁇ 4 ⁇ 2 heteromers or ⁇ 7 homomers, to reduce their sensitivity to acetylcholine.
- nAChR nicotinic acetylcholine receptor
- Lynx1 is a member of the Ly-6/neurotoxin gene family, a group of lymphocyte antigens that attach to the cell surface by a glycosylphosphatidylinositol anchor and have a unique structure showing conserved 8-10 cysteine residues with a characteristic spacing pattern. Functional analysis indicates that this protein is not a ligand or neurotransmitter but has the capacity to enhance nicotinic acetylcholine receptor function in the presence of acetylcholine.
- Lynx there are five alternative transcripts and isoforms of Lynx 1, the nucleotide and amino acid sequences of which are known and may be found in, for example, GenBank Accession Nos. GI:212286119 (SEQ ID NOs.:1 and 2), GI:94538331 (SEQ ID NOs.:3 and 4), GI:29294642 (SEQ ID NOs.:5 and 6), GI:94538332 (SEQ ID NOs.:7 and 8), and GI:94538333 (SEQ ID NOs.:9 and 10), the entire contents of all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- GenBank Accession Nos. GI:212286119 SEQ ID NOs.:1 and 2
- GI:94538331 SEQ ID NOs.:3 and 4
- GI:29294642 SEQ ID NOs.:5 and 6
- GI:94538332 SEQ ID NOs.:7 and 8
- GI:94538333 S
- a “moiety that modulates the level of Lynx 1”, an “agent that modulates the level of Lynx 1”, or a “modulator of Lunx1” is any compound or molecule that modulates the mRNA expression and/or protein expression of Lynx1; and/or the mRNA and/or protein stability of Lynx1; and/or the biological activity of Lynx1.
- Exemplary agents suitable for use in the methods of the invention include interfering nucleic acid molecules (e.g., antisense RNAs, sdRNAs, and siRNAs), intracellular antibodies, inhibitory peptides, or small molecules. Agents suitable for use in the methods of the invention are discussed in detail below.
- level of Lynx1 includes levels of Lynx1 mRNA or cDNA, and/or protein concentration, expression, activity, function, or stability of Lynx1 protein, DNA, mRNA, or cDNA.
- level refers to the measurable quantity of Lynx1. The amount may be either (a) an absolute amount as measured in molecules, moles or weight per unit volume or cells or (b) a relative amount, e.g., measured by densitometric analysis.
- modulate include stimulation (e.g., increasing or upregulating a particular response or activity) and inhibition (e.g., decreasing or downregulating a particular response or activity).
- the term “inhibit” refers to a decrease in expression, stability, and/or a biological activity of Lynx1.
- the term “inhibit” refers to the ability to decreasing or downmodulating the expression, stability, and/or activity of Lynx1 as described herein.
- the term “stimulate” refers to an increase in expression, stability and/or a biological activity of Lynx1.
- the term “stimulate” refers to the ability to increasing or upmodulating the expression, stability, and/or activity of Lynx1 as described herein.
- subject is used herein to refer to an animal, such as a mammal, including a primate (such as a human, a non-human primate, e.g., a monkey, and a chimpanzee), a non-primate (such as a cow, a pig, a camel, a llama, a horse, a goat, a rabbit, a sheep, a hamster, a guinea pig, a cat, a dog, a rat, a mouse, and a whale), a bird (e.g., a duck or a goose), and a shark.
- a primate such as a human, a non-human primate, e.g., a monkey, and a chimpanzee
- a non-primate such as a cow, a pig, a camel, a llama, a horse, a goat, a rabbit, a sheep, a hamster,
- the subject is a human, such as a human being treated or assessed for a disease, disorder or condition, a human at risk for a disease, disorder or condition, a human having a disease, disorder or condition, and/or human being treated for a disease, disorder or condition as described herein.
- the subject is about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 years of age.
- the subject is about 5-10, 10-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-35, 35-40, 40-45, 45-50, 50-55, 55-60, 60-65, 65-70, 70-75, 75-80, 80-85, 85-90, 90-95, 95-100 years of age.
- Values and ranges intermediate to the above recited ranges are also intended to be part of this invention.
- ranges of values using a combination of any of the above-recited values as upper and/or lower limits are intended to be included.
- administering includes any method of delivery of a pharmaceutical composition or moiety into a subject's system or to a particular region in or on a subject.
- a moiety is administered intravenously, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, intradermally, intranasally, orally, transcutaneously, intrathecal, intravitreally, intracerebral, or mucosally.
- the administration of the moiety is a local administration, e.g., intravitreal administration and administration locally in the brain, e.g., administration to the visual cortex, e.g., the primary visual cortex, or local administration to any area of the brain that is in need of an increase in neural plasticity, e.g., administration to the neocortex, administration to the auditory cortex, administration to the motor cortex, and/or administration of the somatosensory cortex.
- the term “contacting” includes incubating the moiety and the, e.g., cell, together in vitro (e.g., adding the moiety to cells in culture) as well as administering the moiety to a subject such that the moiety and cells or tissues of the subject are contacted in vivo.
- the terms “treating” or “treatment” refer to a beneficial or desired result including, but not limited to, alleviation or amelioration of one or more symptoms, diminishing the extent of a disorder, stabilized (i.e., not worsening) state of a disorder, amelioration or palliation of the disorder, whether detectable or undetectable. “Treatment” can also mean prolonging survival as compared to expected survival in the absence of treatment. For example, for amblyopia, the disorder may be treated by improving vision in the amblyopic eye. For autism, the disorder may be treated by decreasing one or more symptoms of irritability, lethargy, and hyperactivity, inadequate eye contact, and inappropriate speech. For schizophrenia, the disorder may be treated by decreasing the level or frequency of hallucinations, delusions, inability to focus attention, as well as other cognitive disturbances.
- the term “effective amount” refers to the amount of a therapy, which is sufficient to reduce or ameliorate the severity and/or duration of a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof, inhibit or prevent the advancement of a disorder, cause regression of a disorder, inhibit or prevent the recurrence, development, onset or progression of one or more symptoms associated with a disorder, detect a disorder, or enhance or improve the prophylactic or therapeutic effect(s) of another therapy (e.g., prophylactic or therapeutic agent).
- An effective amount can require more than one dose.
- “Plasticity” and “neural plasticity” as used herein refer to the ability of the central nervous system to reorganize its connections functionally and structurally in response to changes in environmental experience, e.g., sight, touch, smell, feel, as part of the adaptive development of neuronal circuitry.
- Nicotinic acetylcholine receptors are pentameric integral membrane proteins that are members of a family of ligand-gated ion channel receptors, which include the GABA A , glycine, and serotonin 5HT3 A and B receptors.
- the nAChRs mediate “fast” synaptic transmission on a millisecond time frame, rapidly changing the membrane potential.
- Each of the 5 constituent receptor polypeptide subunits share a common motif that includes a large extracellular N-terminal hydrophilic domain, 3 transmembranous hydrophobic domains (termed M1-M3), an intracellular loop of variable size that contains consensus sequences of amino acids for enzymatic phosphorylation, and a C-terminal M4 transmembranous hydrophobic domain; the M2 transmembranous domains of each of the 5 receptor polypeptide subunits are aligned to create a potential channel, whose opening is gated by acetylcholine. These receptors are assembled from an extensive family of subunits.
- the 17 nAChR subunits ( ⁇ 1- ⁇ 10, ⁇ 1- ⁇ 4, ⁇ , ⁇ and ⁇ ) can assemble into a variety of pharmacologically distinct receptor subtypes.
- disorders associated with a nicotinic actylcholine receptor refers to any disorder or injury in which nAChR signaling is abnormal, in which there is a depletion of cholinergic neurons, and/or in which there is reduction in the number of nicotinic ACh receptors.
- disorders include, but are not limited to, ophthalmic disorders, mental illness, stroke, and cognitive disorders.
- ophthalmic disorders include amblyopia or lazy eye.
- Non-limiting examples of mental illness include autism and schizophrenia.
- cognitive disorders include, for example, senile dementia of the Alzheimer type, and cognitive impairment due to aging or traumatic brain injury.
- a subject having a disorder that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity refers to subject having a disorder or injury that would benefit from an increase in the functional and structural reorganization of central nervous system connections in response to changes in environmental experience.
- disorders also include, but are not limited to, ophthalmic disorders, mental illness, stroke, and cognitive disorders.
- ophthalmic disorders include amblyopia or lazy eye.
- mental illness include autism and schizophrenia.
- cognitive disorders include, for example, cognitive impairment due to aging or traumatic brain injury.
- the “visual cortex” of the brain is that part of the cerebral cortex responsible for processing visual information. It is located in the occipital lobe of the brain.
- the term “primary visual cortex” (also known as the “striate cortex” or “V1”) is anatomically equivalent to Brodmann area 17, or BA17.
- the primary visual cortex, V1 is the koniocortex (sensory type) located in and around the calcarine fissure in the occipital lobe. Each hemisphere's V1 receives information directly from its ipsilateral lateral geniculate nucleus. Each V1 transmits information to two primary pathways, called the dorsal stream and the ventral stream.
- the dorsal stream begins with V1, goes through Visual area V2, then to the dorsomedial area and Visual area MT (also known as V5) and to the posterior parietal cortex.
- the dorsal stream sometimes called the “Where Pathway” or “How Pathway”, is associated with motion, representation of object locations, and control of the eyes and arms, especially when visual information is used to guide saccades or reaching.
- the ventral stream begins with V1, goes through visual area V2, then through visual area V4, and to the inferior temporal cortex.
- the ventral stream sometimes called the “What Pathway”, is associated with form recognition and object representation. It is also associated with storage of long-term memory.
- the present invention provides methods for treating subjects suffering from a disorder associated with a nicotinic acetylcholine receptor (nAChR), methods for treating a subject having a disorder that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity, and methods for modulating the plasticity of the primary visual cortex in a subject.
- nAChR nicotinic acetylcholine receptor
- the methods of the invention include modulating the levels of Lynx1 in the subject. In other embodiments, the methods of the invention include administering to the subject a moiety which modulates the levels of Lynx1 in the subject.
- the present invention also provides methods for modulating the plasticity of a neural connection in a population of neural cells.
- the methods include contacting a population of neural cells with a moiety that modulates, e.g., inhibits, the expression, stability, and/or activity of Lynx 1.
- the methods may be performed by contacting a cell (or a plurality of cells) with the moiety in vitro and then, e.g., the cells can be administered to an organism in vivo, or, alternatively, the moiety may be administered to a subject (e.g., parenterally or locally) such that the cells are contacted with the moiety in vivo.
- Disorders that would benefit from the methods of the invention include, for example, ophthalmic disorders (i.e., disorders of the eye), such as amblyopia; mental illneses, such as schizophrenia, autism; and cognitive disorders associated with, for example, stroke, aging, and/or traumatic or acquired brain injury.
- ophthalmic disorders i.e., disorders of the eye
- amblyopia i.e., disorders of the eye
- mental illneses such as schizophrenia, autism
- cognitive disorders associated with, for example, stroke, aging, and/or traumatic or acquired brain injury i.e., disorders of the eye
- Amblyopia “strabismic amblyopia”, “lazy eye” is a disorder of the visual system that is characterized by a vision deficiency in an eye that is otherwise physically normal, or out of proportion to associated structural abnormalities of the eye. It has been estimated to affect 1-5% of the population.
- the term lazy eye may also be used to describe strabismus (“crossed” eye). However, while a crossed eye may become amblyopic, not all crossed eyes are amblyopic nor are all amblyopic eyes crossed.
- a subject having amblyopia may be diagnosed by one or skill in the art, such as an orthoptists, ophthalmologists and optometrists, using, for example, a cover test. If the eye being tested is the strabismic eye, then it will fixate on the object after the “straight” eye is covered, as long as the vision in this eye is good enough. If the “straight” eye is being tested, there will be no change in fixation, as it is already fixated. Depending on the direction that the strabismic eye deviates, the direction of deviation may be assessed. A Hirschberg test where a flashlight is shone in the patient's eye may also be used. When the patient is looking at the light, a reflection can be seen on the front surface of the pupil. If the eyes are properly aligned with one another, then the reflection will be in the same spot of each eye. Therefore, if the reflection is not in the same place in each eye, then the eyes aren't properly aligned.
- a “mental disorder” or “mental illness” is a psychological or behavioral pattern generally associated with subjective distress or disability that occurs in an individual, and which is not a part of normal development or culture. Such a disorder may consist of a combination of affective, behavioural, cognitive and perceptual components.
- the methods of the invention may be used to treat schizophrenia.
- “Schizophrenia” is a mental disorder characterized by a disintegration of thought processes and of emotional responsiveness. It most commonly manifests itself as auditory hallucinations, paranoid or playful delusions, or disorganized speech and thinking, and it is accompanied by significant social or occupational dysfunction. The onset of symptoms typically occurs in young adulthood, with a global lifetime prevalence of about 0.3-0.7%. Diagnosis is based on criteria in either the American Psychiatric Association's Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, version DSM-IV-TR, or the World Health Organization's International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems, the ICD-10. These criteria use the self-reported experiences of the person and reported abnormalities in behavior, followed by a clinical assessment by a mental health professional.
- a subject having schizophrenia will benefit from treatment with a moiety that modulates, e.g., inhibits, the expression and/or activity of Lynx1 to increase, e.g., neural plasticity and/or nicotinic acetylcholine receptor signaling.
- “Autism” is a disorder of neural development characterized by impaired social interaction and communication, and by restricted and repetitive behavior.
- a diagnosis of autism may be made using one or more of several diagnostic instruments.
- the Autism Diagnostic Interview-Revised (ADI-R) is a semistructured parent interview, and the Autism Diagnostic Observation Schedule (ADOS) uses observation and interaction with the child.
- the Childhood Autism Rating Scale (CARS) is used widely in clinical environments to assess severity of autism based on observation of children.
- Autism is defined in the DSM-IV-TR as exhibiting at least six symptoms total, including at least two symptoms of qualitative impairment in social interaction, at least one symptom of qualitative impairment in communication, and at least one symptom of restricted and repetitive behavior.
- Sample symptoms include lack of social or emotional reciprocity, stereotyped and repetitive use of language or idiosyncratic language, and persistent preoccupation with parts of objects. Onset must be prior to age three years, with delays or abnormal functioning in either social interaction, language as used in social communication, or symbolic or imaginative play.
- a reduction in protein expression in cortical areas for nicotinic acetylcholine receptors, e.g., the ⁇ 4 and ⁇ 2 subunits, in autistic subjects has been observed. Accordingly, a subject having autism will benefit from treatment with a moiety that modulates, e.g., inhibits, the expression and/or activity of Lynx1 to increase, e.g., neural plasticity and/or nicotinic acetylcholine receptor signaling.
- a “cognitive disorder” is a mental disorder that may be short or long term interruption, in basic cognitive functions, such as memory processing, perception, problem solving and language.
- a cognitive disorder is schizophrenia.
- a cognitive disorder is a stroke.
- a cognitive disorder is Alzheimer's disease.
- Alzheimer's disease is characterised by a profound loss of memory and cognitive functions caused by a severe depletion of cholinergic neurons, i.e. neurons that release acetylcholine. A reduction in the number of nicotinic acetylcholine receptors has also been observed with the progression of Alzheimer's disease. Neurons in the cortex die with the progression of Alzheimer's disease due to, for example, lack of stimulation of the nAChRs.
- a subject having Alzheimer's disease will benefit from treatment with a moiety that modulates, e.g., inhibits, the expression and/or activity of Lynx1 to increase, e.g., neural plasticity and/or nicotinic acetylcholine receptor signaling.
- Degeneration of the cholinergic nervous system is also observed in healthy aged subjects and rats. Therefore, a subject having Alzheimer's disease will benefit from treatment with a moiety that modulates, e.g., inhibits, the expression and/or activity of Lynx1 to increase, e.g., neural plasticity and/or nicotinic acetylcholine receptor signaling.
- a moiety that modulates, e.g., inhibits, the expression and/or activity of Lynx1 to increase e.g., neural plasticity and/or nicotinic acetylcholine receptor signaling.
- Diagnosis of cognitive disorders is typically clinically based on patient history, collateral history from relatives, and clinical observations, based on the presence of characteristic neurological and neuropsychological features and the absence of alternative conditions.
- Advanced medical imaging with computed tomography (CT) or magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and with single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) or positron emission tomography (PET) can be used.
- CT computed tomography
- MRI magnetic resonance imaging
- PET single photon emission computed tomography
- PET positron emission tomography
- these methods may be used to exclude other cerebral pathology or subtypes of dementia. Moreover, they may predict conversion from prodromal stages (mild cognitive impairment) to Alzheimer's disease.
- Assessment of intellectual functioning including memory testing can further be used.
- stroke refers to the art recognized pathological condition in which impairment of consciousness and neurological symptom(s) are acutely induced by a cerebrovascular disorder, which includes intracerebral hemorrhages (hypertensive intracerebral hemorrhage and the like), cerebral infarction, transient ischemic attack, subarachnoid hemorrhage, cerebral thrombosis (atherothrombotic cerebral infarction and the like), cerebral embolism (cardiogenic cerebral embolism and the like) and lacunar infarction.
- intracerebral hemorrhages hypertensive intracerebral hemorrhage and the like
- cerebral infarction transient ischemic attack
- subarachnoid hemorrhage subarachnoid hemorrhage
- cerebral thrombosis atherothrombotic cerebral infarction and the like
- cerebral embolism cardiac embolism and the like
- lacunar infarction Low administration of nicotine which activates nicotinic ace
- a subject having a stoke will benefit from treatment with a moiety that modulates, e.g., inhibits, the expression and/or activity of Lynx1 to increase, e.g., neural plasticity and/or nicotinic acetylcholine receptor signaling.
- an “effective amount” of the moieties of the present invention is an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary to achieve the desired result.
- an effective amount of a moiety may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, reproductive state, and weight, and the ability of the agent to elicit a desired response in the organism. Dosage regimens may be adjusted to provide the optimum response. For example, several divided doses may be provided daily or the dose may be proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the situation.
- the moieties of the present invention may be administered in an amount effective to achieve a desired result and/or at a dose that is sufficient to elicit an increase in neural plasticity in a subject based on the mode of administration and without significant adverse side effects.
- Dose administration can be repeated depending upon the pharmacokinetic parameters of the dosage formulation and the route of administration used. It is also provided that certain formulations containing a moiety useful in the methods of the invention are to be administered orally. Such formulations are preferably encapsulated and formulated with suitable carriers in solid dosage forms.
- Suitable carriers, excipients, and diluents include lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches, gum acacia, calcium phosphate, alginates, calcium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, olyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose, gelatin, syrup, methyl cellulose, methyl- and propylhydroxybenzoates, talc, magnesium, stearate, water, mineral oil, and the like.
- the formulations can additionally include lubricating agents, wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, preserving agents, sweetening agents or flavoring agents.
- compositions may be formulated so as to provide rapid, sustained, or delayed release of the active ingredients after administration to the organism by employing procedures well known in the art.
- the formulations can also contain substances that diminish proteolytic degradation and/or substances which promote absorption such as, for example, surface active agents.
- compositions e.g., parenteral compositions
- dosage unit form refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the organisms to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
- the specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on (a) the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and (b) the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of sensitivity in individual organisms.
- the specific dose can be readily calculated by one of ordinary skill in the art, e.g., according to the approximate weight, e.g., body weight, or surface area of the organism or the volume of space to be occupied.
- the dose will also be calculated dependent upon the particular route of administration selected. Further refinement of the calculations necessary to determine the appropriate dosage for treatment is routinely made by those of ordinary skill in the art. Such calculations can be made without undue experimentation by one skilled in the art in light of the activity disclosed herein in assay preparations of target cells. Exact dosages are determined in conjunction with standard dose-response studies.
- the amount of the composition actually administered will be determined by a practitioner, in the light of the relevant circumstances including the condition or conditions to be treated, the choice of composition to be administered, the age, weight, and response of the individual organism, the severity of the organism's symptoms, and the chosen route of administration.
- Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental plant and/or animal models, e.g. for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population).
- the dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50.
- Compounds which exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. While compounds that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such compounds to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects.
- the data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans.
- the dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity.
- the dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized.
- the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays.
- a dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture.
- IC50 i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms
- levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.
- agents or pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be administered by any suitable route known in the art including for example intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, transdermal, intrathecal, intravitreally, or intracerebral administration to cells in ex vivo treatment protocols, or delivered on a surface, e.g., a biocompatible surface. Administration can be either rapid as by injection or over a period of time as by slow infusion or administration of slow release formulation.
- administration of a moiety of the invention is local administration, such as intracerebroventricular (into the cerebral ventricles) administration, intravitreal administration, administration to the visual cortex, e.g., the primary visual cortex, or administration to any area of the brain that is in need of an increase in neural plasticity, e.g., administration to the neocortex, administration to the auditory cortex, administration to the motor cortex, and/or administration of the somatosensory cortex.
- local administration such as intracerebroventricular (into the cerebral ventricles) administration, intravitreal administration, administration to the visual cortex, e.g., the primary visual cortex, or administration to any area of the brain that is in need of an increase in neural plasticity, e.g., administration to the neocortex, administration to the auditory cortex, administration to the motor cortex, and/or administration of the somatosensory cortex.
- a suitable dose may be 2 mg, 2.5 mg, 5 mg or 10 mg, once per day.
- a suitable dose may be 2, 4, 6, or 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or 24, once per day.
- methods used to treat amblyopia may further include perceptual learning methods or visual tasks such as action-packed video games, prescription lenses, prisms, vision therapy, eye patching, and/or botox.
- methods used to treat a cognitive disorder such as schizophrenia may further include treatment with antipsychotics, such as clozapine, and psychosocial interventions, such as family therapy, assertive community treatment, supported employment, cognitive remediation, skills training, cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), token economic interventions, and psychosocial interventions for substance use and weight management.
- antipsychotics such as clozapine
- psychosocial interventions such as family therapy, assertive community treatment, supported employment, cognitive remediation, skills training, cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), token economic interventions, and psychosocial interventions for substance use and weight management.
- Methods used to treat Alzheimer's disease may include, for example, pharmaceutical, e.g., acetylcholinesterase inhibitors, an NMDA receptor antagonist (e.g., noncompetitive NMDA receptor antagonists), glutamate, antipsychotics, psychosocial and caregiving.
- Methods used to treat stroke may include physical rehabilitation.
- Methods used to treat autism include, for example, treatment with antidepressants, stimulants, and/or antipsychotics, behavior therapy, structured teaching, speech and language therapy, social skills therapy, and occupational therapy.
- treatment of a subject about 6 to about 20, about 7 to about 19, about 8 to about 17 years old having, for example, an ophthalmic disorder, such as, amblyopia may include, patching the unaffected eye daily for about 0.5, about 1, about 1.5, about 2, about 2.5, about 3, about 3.5, about 4, about 4.5, about 5, about 5.5, about 6, about 6.5, about 7, about 7.5, or about 8 hours and use of about 1.5, about 2, about 2.5, about 3, about 3.5, about 4, about 4.5, or about 5 mg daily of a cholinesterase inhibitor, e.g., donepezil (Aricept®), for about 5, about 6, about 7, about 8, about 9, about 10, about 11, about 12, about 13, about 14, about 15, about 16, about 17, about 18, about 19, or about 20 weeks.
- a cholinesterase inhibitor e.g., donepezil (Aricept®
- a subject between about 8 and about 17 years of age and having an ophthalmic disorder, such as ambylopia has the unaffected eye patched for about 2 hours per day and is administered about 2.5 mg of a cholinesterase cholinesterase inhibitor, e.g., donepezil (Aricept®) for 12 weeks.
- a cholinesterase cholinesterase inhibitor e.g., donepezil (Aricept®) for 12 weeks.
- Treatment of a subject greater than about 18 years of age having, for example, an ophthalmic disorder, such as, amblyopia may include, patching the unaffected eye daily for about 0.5, about 1, about 1.5, about 2, about 2.5, about 3, about 3.5, about 4, about 4.5, about 5, about 5.5, about 6, about 6.5, about 7, about 7.5, or about 8 hours and use of about 1.5, about 2, about 2.5, about 3, about 3.5, about 4, about 4.5, about 5, about 5.5, about 6, about 6.5., about 7, about 7.5, about 8, about 8.5, about 9, about 9.5, or about 10 mg of a cholinesterase inhibitor, e.g., donepezil (Aricept®), for about 5, about 6, about 7, about 8, about 9, about 10, about 11, about 12, about 13, about 14, about 15, about 16, about 17, about 18, about 19, or about 20 weeks.
- a cholinesterase inhibitor e.g., donepezil (Aricept®
- a subject greater than about 18 years of age and having an ophthalmic disorder, such as ambylopia has the unaffected eye patched for about 2 hours per day and is administered about 5 mg of a cholinesterase cholinesterase inhibitor, e.g., donepezil (Aricept®) for 12 weeks.
- a cholinesterase cholinesterase inhibitor e.g., donepezil (Aricept®) for 12 weeks.
- an increase of Lynx1 expression prevents neural plasticity, i.e., neural plasticity in the primary visual cortex, late in life as well as enhanced nicotinic acetylcholine receptor signaling.
- moieties which modulate, e.g., inhibit, Linx1 expression and/or activity and/or molecules which enhance nicotinic acetylcholine receptor signaling, e.g., cholinesterase inhibitors are useful in the methods of the invention.
- a moiety for use in the methods of the invention is an inhibitory moiety.
- an inhibitory moiety is a small molecule, e.g., a small molecule cholinesterase inhibitor.
- an inhibitory moiety for use in the methods of the invention is an intracellular binding molecule that acts to specifically inhibit the expression, stability, and/or activity of Lynx1.
- an inhibitory moiety for use in the methods of the invention of the invention is a nucleic acid molecule which acts to specifically decrease the expression, stability, and/or activity of Lynx 1.
- a stimulatory moiety for use in the methods of the invention of the invention is a nucleic acid molecule which acts to specifically increase the expression, stability. and/or activity of Lynx 1.
- intracellular binding molecule is intended to include molecules that act intracellularly to inhibit the expression or activity of a protein by binding to the protein or to a nucleic acid (e.g., an mRNA molecule) that encodes the protein.
- nucleic acid e.g., an mRNA molecule
- intracellular binding molecules include inhibitory nucleic acids, siRNA molecules, intracellular antibodies, peptidic compounds that inhibit the interaction of Lynx1 with a target molecule (e.g., a nicotinic acetylcholine receptor, e.g., ⁇ 4 ⁇ 2 heteromers or c′ homomers), and chemical agents that specifically inhibit Lynx1 activity.
- the moieties can also be linked or conjugated with agents that provide desirable pharmaceutical or pharmacodynamic properties.
- a moiety can be stably linked to a polymer such as polyethylene glycol to obtain desirable properties of solubility, stability, half-life and other pharmaceutically advantageous properties.
- a moiety can be in a composition which aids in delivery into the cytosol of a cell.
- the moiety may be conjugated with a carrier moiety such as a liposome that is capable of delivering the peptide into the cytosol of a cell.
- a carrier moiety such as a liposome that is capable of delivering the peptide into the cytosol of a cell.
- the moiety can be modified to include specific transit peptides or fused to such transit peptides which are capable of delivering the inhibitory agent into a cell.
- the moiety can be delivered directly into a cell by microinjection.
- compositions are usually employed in the form of pharmaceutical preparations. Such preparations are made in a manner well known in the pharmaceutical art.
- One preferred preparation utilizes a vehicle of physiological saline solution, but it is contemplated that other pharmaceutically acceptable carriers such as physiological concentrations of other non-toxic salts, five percent aqueous glucose solution, sterile water or the like may also be used.
- pharmaceutically acceptable carrier includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the therapeutic compositions is contemplated.
- Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions. It may also be desirable that a suitable buffer be present in the composition. Such solutions can, if desired, be lyophilized and stored in a sterile ampoule ready for reconstitution by the addition of sterile water for ready injection.
- the primary solvent can be aqueous or alternatively non-aqueous Inhibitory agents can also be incorporated into a solid or semi-solid biologically compatible matrix which can be implanted into tissues requiring treatment.
- a moiety of the invention may be administered to a subject as a pharmaceutical composition.
- the invention is directed to an active compound (e.g., a inhibitor of Lynx1) and a carrier.
- active compound e.g., a inhibitor of Lynx1
- Such compositions typically comprise the inhibitory agent, e.g., as described herein or as identified in a screening assay, e.g., as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and methods of administration to a subject are described herein.
- solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial compounds such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating compounds such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and compounds for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide.
- the parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
- compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion.
- suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor ELTM (BASF, Parsippany, N.J.) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
- the composition will preferably be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It will preferably be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
- the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyetheylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof.
- the proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
- Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal compounds, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like.
- isotonic compounds for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition.
- Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an compound which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
- Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization.
- dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above.
- the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
- Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. They can be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash, wherein the compound in the fluid carrier is applied orally and swished and expectorated or swallowed. Pharmaceutically compatible binding compounds, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition.
- the tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating compound such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening compound such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring compound such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
- a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin
- an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating compound such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch
- a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes
- a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide
- agents are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
- a controlled release formulation including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
- Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
- the materials can also be obtained commercially from, e.g., Alza Corporation and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
- Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,522,811.
- Cholinesterase inhibitors also referred to as acetylcholinesterase inhibitors are known in the art.
- Non-limiting examples of a cholinesterase inhibitors for use in the methods of the invention include donepezil (AriceptTM), galantamine (RazadyneTM), rivastigmine (ExelonTM), Tetrahydroaminoacridine (tacrine) (brand name CognexTM).
- cholinesterase inhibitors or acetylcholinesterase inhibitors include any of the following compounds as well as their analogs and pharmaceutically acceptable salts: huperzine A, Green mamba snake ( Dendroaspis angusticeps ) toxin fasciculin, metrifonate, heptyl-physostigmine, pyridostigmine, norpyridostigmine, norneostigmine, physostigmine, velnacrine, citicoline, metrifonate, 7-methoxytacrine, eptastigmine, icopezil, ipidacrine, zifrosilone, anseculin, suronacrine, linopiridine, rivastigmine, neostigmine, edrophonium, edrophonium chloride, demacarium ambenonium, physostigmine saliclate, physostigmine sul
- interfering nucleic acid molecule or “interfering nucleic acid” as used herein includes single-stranded RNA (e.g., mature miRNA, ssRNAi oligonucleotides, ssDNAi oligonucleotides), double-stranded RNA (i.e., duplex RNA such as siRNA, Dicer-substrate dsRNA, shRNA, aiRNA, or pre-miRNA), self-delivering RNA (sdRNA; see, e.g, U.S. Patent Publication Nos.
- RNA e.g., mature miRNA, ssRNAi oligonucleotides, ssDNAi oligonucleotides
- double-stranded RNA i.e., duplex RNA such as siRNA, Dicer-substrate dsRNA, shRNA, aiRNA, or pre-miRNA
- sdRNA self-delivering RNA
- Interfering nucleic acid thus refers to a single-stranded nucleic acid molecules that are complementary to a target mRNA sequence or to the double-stranded RNA formed by two complementary strands or by a single, self-complementary strand.
- Interfering nucleic acids may have substantial or complete identity to the target gene or sequence, or may comprise a region of mismatch (i.e., a mismatch motif).
- the sequence of the interfering nucleic acids can correspond to the full-length target gene, or a subsequence thereof (e.g., the gene for Lynx1, the sequence of which is provided in, for example, SEQ ID NOs.:1-10).
- the interfering nucleic acid molecules are chemically synthesized.
- mismatch motif or “mismatch region” refers to a portion of an interfering nucleic acid (e.g., siRNA) sequence that does not have 100% complementarity to its target sequence.
- An interfering nucleic acid may have at least one, two, three, four, five, six, or more mismatch regions.
- the mismatch regions may be contiguous or may be separated by 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, or more nucleotides.
- the mismatch motifs or regions may comprise a single nucleotide or may comprise two, three, four, five, or more nucleotides.
- An interfering nucleic acid comprises a nucleotide sequence which is complementary to a “sense” nucleic acid encoding a protein, e.g., complementary to the coding strand of a double-stranded cDNA molecule, complementary to an mRNA sequence or complementary to the coding strand of a gene. Accordingly, an interfering nucleic acid is an antisense nucleic acid and can hydrogen bond to the sense nucleic acid.
- an interfering nucleic acid of the invention is a “small-interfering RNA” or “an siRNA” molecule.
- an interfering nucleic acid molecules of the invention is a “self-delivering RNA” or “sdRNA” molecule.
- an interfering nucleic acid of the invention mediates RNAi.
- RNA interference (RNAi) is a post-transcriptional, targeted gene-silencing technique that uses double-stranded RNA (dsRNA) to degrade messenger RNA (mRNA) containing the same sequence as the dsRNA (Sharp, P. A. and Zamore, P. D. 287, 2431-2432 (2000); Zamore, P. D., et al.
- Kits for synthesis of RNAi are commercially available from, e.g. New England Biolabs or Ambion.
- one or more of the chemistries described herein for use in antisense RNA can be employed in molecules that mediate RNAi.
- Interfering nucleic acid includes, e.g., siRNA and sdRNA, of about 10-60, 10-50, or 10-40 (duplex) nucleotides in length, more typically about 8-15, 10-30, 10-25, or 10-25 (duplex) nucleotides in length, about 10-24, (duplex) nucleotides in length (e.g., each complementary sequence of the double-stranded siRNA is 10-60, 10-50, 10-40, 10-30, 10-25, or 10-25 nucleotides in length, about 10-24, 11-22, or 11-23 nucleotides in length, and the double-stranded siRNA is about 10-60, 10-50, 10-40, 10-30, 10-25, or 10-25 base pairs in length).
- siRNA and sdRNA of about 10-60, 10-50, or 10-40 (duplex) nucleotides in length, more typically about 8-15, 10-30, 10-25, or 10-25 (duplex) nucleotides in length, about 10-24, (duplex) nu
- siRNA and sdRNA duplexes may comprise 3′-overhangs of about 1 to about 6 nucleotides and 5′-phosphate termini
- siRNA and sdRNA include, without limitation, a double-stranded polynucleotide molecule assembled from two separate stranded molecules, wherein one strand is the sense strand and the other is the complementary antisense strand; a double-stranded polynucleotide molecule assembled from a single stranded molecule, where the sense and antisense regions are linked by a nucleic acid-based or non-nucleic acid-based linker; a double-stranded polynucleotide molecule with a hairpin secondary structure having self-complementary sense and antisense regions; and a circular single-stranded polynucleotide molecule with two or more loop structures and a stem having self-complementary sense and antisense regions, where the circular polynucleotide can be processed in vivo
- siRNA and sdRNA are chemically synthesized.
- siRNA and sdRNA can also be generated by cleavage of longer dsRNA (e.g., dsRNA about 5, about 10, about 15, about 20, about 25, or greater nucleotides in length) with the E. coli RNase III or Dicer. These enzymes process the dsRNA into biologically active siRNA (see, e.g., Yang et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 99:9942-9947 (2002); Calegari et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
- dsRNA are at least 50 nucleotides to about 100, 200, 300, 400, or 500 nucleotides in length.
- a dsRNA may be as long as 1000, 1500, 2000, 5000 nucleotides in length, or longer.
- the dsRNA can encode for an entire gene transcript or a partial gene transcript.
- siRNA or sdRNA may be encoded by a plasmid (e.g., transcribed as sequences that automatically fold into duplexes with hairpin loops).
- an interfering nucleic acids of the invention can be designed according to the rules of Watson and Crick base pairing.
- the interfering nucleic acid molecule can be complementary to the entire coding region of Lynx1 mRNA, but more preferably is an oligonucleotide which is antisense to only a portion of the coding or noncoding region of Lynx1 mRNA.
- an interfering oligonucleotide can be complementary to the region surrounding the processing site of ubiquitin and Lynx1 mRNA.
- An interfering RNA oligonucleotide can be, for example, about 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45 or 50 nucleotides in length.
- An interfering nucleic acid of the invention can be constructed using chemical synthesis and enzymatic ligation reactions using procedures known in the art.
- an interfering nucleic acid e.g., an antisense oligonucleotide
- an interfering nucleic acid can be chemically synthesized using naturally occurring nucleotides or variously modified nucleotides designed to increase the biological stability of the molecules or to increase the physical stability of the duplex formed between the antisense and sense nucleic acids, e.g., phosphorothioate derivatives and acridine substituted nucleotides can be used.
- modified nucleotides which can be used to generate the interfering nucleic acids include 5-fluorouracil, 5-bromouracil, 5-chlorouracil, 5-iodouracil, hypoxanthine, xantine, 4-acetylcytosine, 5-(carboxyhydroxylmethyl) uracil, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thiouridine, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyluracil, dihydrouracil, beta-D-galactosylqueosine, inosine, N6-isopentenyladenine, 1-methylguanine, 1-methylinosine, 2,2-dimethylguanine, 2-methyladenine, 2-methylguanine, 3-methylcytosine, 5-methylcytosine, N6-adenine, 7-methylguanine, 5-methylaminomethyluracil, 5-methoxyaminomethyl-2-thiouracil, beta-D-mannosylqueosine, 5′-methoxycarbox
- one or more interfering nucleic acid molecules can be used.
- the an interfering nucleic acid can be produced biologically using an expression vector into which a nucleic acid has been subcloned in an antisense orientation (i.e., RNA transcribed from the inserted nucleic acid will be of an antisense orientation to a target nucleic acid of interest).
- an interfering nucleic acid molecule of the invention is an ⁇ -anomeric nucleic acid molecule.
- An ⁇ -anomeric nucleic acid molecule forms specific double-stranded hybrids with complementary RNA in which, contrary to the usual ⁇ -units, the strands run parallel to each other (Gaultier et al. (1987) Nucleic Acids. Res. 15:6625-6641).
- the interfering nucleic acid molecule can also comprise a 2′-O-methylribonucleotide (Inoue et al. (1987) Nucleic Acids Res. 15:6131-6148) or a chimeric RNA-DNA analogue (Inoue et al. (1987) FEBS Lett. 215:327-330).
- a ribozyme having specificity for a Lynx1-encoding nucleic acid can be designed based upon the nucleotide sequence of Lynx1.
- a derivative of a Tetrahymena L-19 IVS RNA can be constructed in which the nucleotide sequence of the active site is complementary to the nucleotide sequence to be cleaved in a Lynx1-encoding mRNA. See, e.g., Cech et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,987,071; and Cech et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,116,742.
- Lynx1 mRNA can be used to select a catalytic RNA having a specific ribonuclease activity from a pool of RNA molecules. See, e.g., Bartel, D. and Szostak, J. W., 1993 , Science 261:1411-1418.
- gene expression can be inhibited by targeting nucleotide sequences complementary to the regulatory region of Lynx1 (e.g., the ubiquitin/Lynx1 promoter and/or enhancers) to form triple helical structures that prevent transcription of the ubiquitin/Lynx1 gene in target cells.
- Lynx1 e.g., the ubiquitin/Lynx1 promoter and/or enhancers
- nucleotide sequences complementary to the regulatory region of Lynx1 e.g., the ubiquitin/Lynx1 promoter and/or enhancers
- the inhibitory nucleic acid molecules of the present invention can be modified at the base moiety, sugar moiety or phosphate backbone to improve, e.g., the stability, hybridization, or solubility of the molecule.
- the deoxyribose phosphate backbone of the nucleic acid molecules can be modified to generate peptide nucleic acids (see Hyrup B. et al., 1996 , Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry 4 (1): 5-23).
- peptide nucleic acids refer to nucleic acid mimics, e.g., DNA mimics, in which the deoxyribose phosphate backbone is replaced by a pseudopeptide backbone and only the four natural nucleobases are retained.
- the neutral backbone of PNAs has been shown to allow for specific hybridization to DNA and RNA under conditions of low ionic strength.
- the synthesis of PNA oligomers can be performed using standard solid phase peptide synthesis protocols as described in Hyrup B. et al., 1996, supra; Perry-O'Keefe et al., 1996 , Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93: 14670-675.
- PNAs of Lynx1 can be modified, (e.g., to enhance their stability or cellular uptake), by attaching lipophilic or other helper groups to PNA, by the formation of PNA-DNA chimeras, or by the use of liposomes or other techniques of drug delivery known in the art.
- PNA-DNA chimeras of Lynx1 nucleic acid molecules can be generated which may combine the advantageous properties of PNA and DNA.
- Such chimeras allow DNA recognition enzymes, (e.g., RNAse H and DNA polymerases), to interact with the DNA portion while the PNA portion would provide high binding affinity and specificity.
- PNA-DNA chimeras can be linked using linkers of appropriate lengths selected in terms of base stacking, number of bonds between the nucleobases, and orientation (Hyrup B., 1996, supra).
- the synthesis of PNA-DNA chimeras can be performed as described in Hyrup B., 1996, supra and Finn P. J. et al., 1996 , Nucleic Acids Res. 24 (17): 3357-63.
- a DNA chain can be synthesized on a solid support using standard phosphoramidite coupling chemistry and modified nucleoside analogs, e.g., 5′-(4-methoxytrityl)amino-5′-deoxy-thymidine phosphoramidite, can be used as a between the PNA and the 5′ end of DNA Gag, M. et al., 1989 , Nucleic Acid Res. 17: 5973-88). PNA monomers are then coupled in a stepwise manner to produce a chimeric molecule with a 5′ PNA segment and a 3′ DNA segment (Finn P. J. et al., 1996, supra).
- modified nucleoside analogs e.g., 5′-(4-methoxytrityl)amino-5′-deoxy-thymidine phosphoramidite
- chimeric molecules can be synthesized with a 5′ DNA segment and a 3′ PNA segment (Peterser, K. H. et al., 1975 , Bioorganic Med. Chem. Lett. 5: 1119-11124).
- the interfering nucleic acid may include other appended groups such as peptides (e.g., for targeting host cell receptors in vivo), or agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane (see, e.g., Letsinger et al., 1989 , Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:6553-6556; Lemaitre et al., 1987 , Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84:648-652; PCT Publication No. WO88/09810) or the blood-brain bather (see, e.g., PCT Publication No. WO89/10134).
- peptides e.g., for targeting host cell receptors in vivo
- agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane see, e.g., Letsinger et al., 1989 , Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:6553-6556; Lemaitre et al., 1987 , Proc. Nat
- oligonucleotides can be modified with hybridization-triggered cleavage agents (See, e.g., Krol et al., 1988 , Bio - Techniques 6:958-976) or intercalating agents. (See, e.g., Zon, 1988 , Pharm. Res. 5:539-549).
- the oligonucleotide may be conjugated to another molecule, (e.g., a peptide, a lipophillic group, hybridization triggered cross-linking agent, transport agent, or hybridization-triggered cleavage agent).
- Interfering polynucleotides may be produced from a heterologous expression cassette in a transfectant cell or transgenic cell.
- the antisense polynucleotides may comprise soluble oligonucleotides that are administered to the external milieu, either in the culture medium in vitro or in the circulatory system or in interstitial fluid in vivo. Soluble antisense polynucleotides present in the external milieu have been shown to gain access to the cytoplasm and inhibit translation of specific mRNA species.
- a recombinant expression vector which encodes the antibody chains in a form such that, upon introduction of the vector into a cell, the antibody chains are expressed as a functional antibody in an intracellular compartment of the cell.
- antibody light and heavy chain cDNAs encoding antibody chains specific for the target protein of interest is isolated, typically from a hybridoma that secretes a monoclonal antibody specific for Lynx1 protein.
- Anti-Lynx1 protein antibodies can be prepared by immunizing a suitable subject, (e.g., rabbit, goat, mouse or other mammal) with a Lynx1 protein immunogen.
- a suitable subject e.g., rabbit, goat, mouse or other mammal
- An appropriate immunogenic preparation can contain, for example, recombinantly expressed Lynx1 protein or a chemically synthesized Lynx1 peptide.
- the preparation can further include an adjuvant, such as Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant, or similar immunostimulatory compound.
- Antibody-producing cells can be obtained from the subject and used to prepare monoclonal antibodies by standard techniques, such as the hybridoma technique originally described by Kohler and Milstein (1975 , Nature 256:495-497) (see also, Brown et al. (1981) J Immunol 127:539-46; Brown et al. (1980) J Biol Chem 255:4980-83; Yeh et al. (1976) PNAS 76:2927-31; and Yeh et al. (1982) Int. J. Cancer 29:269-75).
- the technology for producing monoclonal antibody hybridomas is well known (see generally R. H.
- an immortal cell line (typically a myeloma) is fused to lymphocytes (typically splenocytes) from a mammal immunized with a Lynx1 protein immunogen as described above, and the culture supernatants of the resulting hybridoma cells are screened to identify a hybridoma producing a monoclonal antibody that binds specifically to the Lynx1 protein.
- lymphocytes typically splenocytes
- Any of the many well known protocols used for fusing lymphocytes and immortalized cell lines can be applied for the purpose of generating an anti-Lynx1 protein monoclonal antibody (see, e.g., G. Galfre et al. (1977) Nature, 266:550-52; Gefter et al.
- the immortal cell line e.g., a myeloma cell line
- murine hybridomas can be made by fusing lymphocytes from a mouse immunized with an immunogenic preparation of the present invention with an immortalized mouse cell line.
- Preferred immortal cell lines are mouse myeloma cell lines that are sensitive to culture medium containing hypoxanthine, aminopterin and thymidine (“HAT medium”). Any of a number of myeloma cell lines may be used as a fusion partner according to standard techniques, e.g., the P3-NS1/1-Ag4-1, P3-x63-Ag8.653 or Sp2/O-Ag14 myeloma lines. These myeloma lines are available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), Rockville, Md. Typically, HAT-sensitive mouse myeloma cells are fused to mouse splenocytes using polyethylene glycol (“PEG”).
- PEG polyethylene glycol
- Hybridoma cells resulting from the fusion are then selected using HAT medium, which kills unfused and unproductively fused myeloma cells (unfused splenocytes die after several days because they are not transformed).
- Hybridoma cells producing a monoclonal antibody that specifically binds the maf protein are identified by screening the hybridoma culture supernatants for such antibodies, e.g., using a standard ELISA assay.
- a monoclonal antibody that binds to Lynx1 can be identified and isolated by screening a recombinant combinatorial immunoglobulin library (e.g. an antibody phage display library) with the protein, or a peptide thereof, to thereby isolate immunoglobulin library members that bind specifically to the protein.
- Kits for generating and screening phage display libraries are commercially available (e.g., the Pharmacia Recombinant Phage Antibody System; and the Stratagene SurfZAPTM Phage Display Kit). Additionally, examples of methods and compounds particularly amenable for use in generating and screening antibody display library can be found in, for example, Ladner et al. U.S. Pat. No.
- DNAs encoding the light and heavy chains of the monoclonal antibody are isolated by standard molecular biology techniques.
- light and heavy chain cDNAs can be obtained, for example, by PCR amplification or cDNA library screening.
- cDNA encoding the light and heavy chains can be recovered from the display package (e.g., phage) isolated during the library screening process.
- Nucleotide sequences of antibody light and heavy chain genes from which PCR primers or cDNA library probes can be prepared are known in the art. For example, many such sequences are disclosed in Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242 and in the “Vbase” human germline sequence database.
- the antibody light and heavy chain sequences are cloned into a recombinant expression vector using standard methods.
- sequences encoding the hydrophobic leaders of the light and heavy chains are removed and sequences encoding a nuclear localization signal (e.g., from SV40 Large T antigen) are linked in-frame to sequences encoding either the amino- or carboxy terminus of both the light and heavy chains.
- the expression vector can encode an intracellular antibody in one of several different forms. For example, in one embodiment, the vector encodes full-length antibody light and heavy chains such that a full-length antibody is expressed intracellularly.
- the vector encodes a full-length light chain but only the VH/CH1 region of the heavy chain such that a Fab fragment is expressed intracellularly.
- the vector encodes a single chain antibody (scFv) wherein the variable regions of the light and heavy chains are linked by a flexible peptide linker and expressed as a single chain molecule.
- scFv single chain antibody
- the expression vector encoding the Lynx1-specific intracellular antibody is introduced into the cell by standard transfection methods as described hereinbefore.
- an inhibitory compound of the invention is a peptidic compound derived from the Lynx1 amino acid sequence (e.g., the sequences disclosed herein as SEQ ID NOs.:1-10).
- the inhibitory compound comprises a portion of Lynx1 (or a mimetic thereof) that mediates interaction of Lynx1 with a target molecule such that contact of Lynx1 with this peptidic compound competitively inhibits the interaction of Lynx1 with the target molecule.
- Exemplary Lynx1 target molecules include neuronal acetylcholine receptors, such as, ⁇ 4 ⁇ 2 and ⁇ 7 subunit-containing nicotinic acetycholine receptors.
- the peptidic compounds of the invention can be made intracellularly in cells by introducing into the cells an expression vector encoding the peptide.
- Such expression vectors can be made by standard techniques.
- the peptide can be expressed in intracellularly as a fusion with another protein or peptide (e.g., a GST fusion).
- the peptides can be made by chemical synthesis using standard peptide synthesis techniques. Synthesized peptides can then be introduced into cells by a variety of means known in the art for introducing peptides into cells (e.g., liposome and the like).
- nucleic acid molecule is intended to include DNA molecules (e.g., cDNA or genomic DNA) and RNA molecules (e.g., mRNA) and analogs of the DNA or RNA generated using nucleotide analogs.
- the nucleic acid molecule can be single-stranded or double-stranded, but preferably is double-stranded DNA.
- a nucleic acid molecule used in the methods of the present invention can be isolated using standard molecular biology techniques. Using all or portion of a nucleic acid sequence of interest as a hybridization probe, nucleic acid molecules can be isolated using standard hybridization and cloning techniques (e.g., as described in Sambrook, J., Fritsh, E. F., and Maniatis, T. Molecular Cloning. A Laboratory Manual. 2nd, ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989).
- an “isolated” nucleic acid molecule is one which is separated from other nucleic acid molecules which are present in the natural source of the nucleic acid.
- the term “isolated” includes nucleic acid molecules which are separated from the chromosome with which the genomic DNA is naturally associated.
- an “isolated” nucleic acid molecule is free of sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid molecule (i.e., sequences located at the 5′ and 3′ ends of the nucleic acid molecule) in the genomic DNA of the organism from which the nucleic acid molecule is derived.
- a nucleic acid molecule for use in the methods of the invention can also be isolated by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) using synthetic oligonucleotide primers designed based upon the sequence of a nucleic acid molecule of interest.
- a nucleic acid molecule used in the methods of the invention can be amplified using cDNA, mRNA or, alternatively, genomic DNA as a template and appropriate oligonucleotide primers according to standard PCR amplification techniques.
- oligonucleotides corresponding to nucleotide sequences of interest can be prepared by standard synthetic techniques, e.g., using an automated DNA synthesizer.
- the nucleic acids for use in the methods of the invention can also be prepared, e.g., by standard recombinant DNA techniques.
- a nucleic acid of the invention can also be chemically synthesized using standard techniques.
- Various methods of chemically synthesizing polydeoxynucleotides are known, including solid-phase synthesis which has been automated in commercially available DNA synthesizers (See e.g., Itakura et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,598,049; Caruthers et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,458,066; and Itakura U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,401,796 and 4,373,071, incorporated by reference herein).
- a preferred stimulatory agent is a nucleic acid molecule encoding a Lynx1 protein.
- a cDNA full length or partial cDNA sequence
- the cDNA can be obtained, for example, by amplification using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) or by screening an appropriate cDNA library.
- nucleic acid molecules encoding a protein of interest in the form suitable for expression of the protein in a host cell can be prepared using nucleotide sequences based on the nucleic acid sequence of a nucleic acid molecule encoding the protein of interest.
- a stimulatory agent can be present in an inducible construct. In another embodiment, a stimulatory agent can be present in a construct which leads to constitutive expression.
- the nucleic acid molecules of the invention may be delivered to cells, e.g., neuronal cells, or to subjects using a viral vector, preferably one whose use for gene therapy is well known in the art.
- a viral vector preferably one whose use for gene therapy is well known in the art.
- Techniques for the formation of vectors or virions are generally described in “Working Toward Human Gene Therapy,” Chapter 28 in Recombinant DNA, 2nd Ed., Watson, J. D. et al., eds., New York: Scientific American Books, pp. 567-581 (1992).
- An overview of suitable viral vectors or virions is provided in Wilson, J. M., Clin. Exp. Immunol. 107(Suppl. 1):31-32 (1997), as well as Nakanishi, M., Crit. Rev.
- Such vectors may be derived from viruses that contain RNA (Vile, R. G., et al., Br. Med Bull. 51:12-30 (1995)) or DNA (Ali M., et al., Gene Ther. 1:367-384 (1994)).
- viral vector systems utilized in the gene therapy art and, thus, suitable for use in the present invention, include the following: retroviruses (Vile, R. G., supra; U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,741,486 and 5,763,242); adenoviruses (Brody, S. L., et al., Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 716: 90-101 (1994); Heise, C. et al., Nat. Med. 3:639-645 (1997)); adenoviral/retroviral chimeras (Bilbao, G., et al., FASEB J. 11:624-634 (1997); Feng, M., et al., Nat.
- retroviruses Vile, R. G., supra; U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,741,486 and 5,763,242
- adenoviruses Brody, S. L., et al., Ann. N.Y. Ac
- Extrachromosomal replicating vectors may also be used in the gene therapy methods of the present invention. Such vectors are described in, for example, Calos, M. P. (1996) Trends Genet. 12:463-466, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- Other viruses that can be used as vectors for gene delivery include poliovirus, papillomavirus, vaccinia virus, lentivirus, as well as hybrid or chimeric vectors incorporating favorable aspects of two or more viruses (Nakanishi, M. (1995) Crit. Rev. Therapeu. Drug Carrier Systems 12:263-310; Zhang, J., et al. (1996) Cancer Metastasis Rev. 15:385-401; Jacoby, D. R., et al. (1997) Gene Therapy 4:1281-1283).
- a viral vector for use in the methods of the present invention is an AAV vector.
- the viral vector is an AAV2/5 or AAV2/8 vector.
- Such vectors are described in, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 7,056,502, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- the vector will include one or more promoters or enhancers, the selection of which will be known to those skilled in the art.
- Suitable promoters include, but are not limited to, the retroviral long terminal repeat (LTR), the SV40 promoter, the human cytomegalovirus (CMV) promoter, and other viral and eukaryotic cellular promoters known to the skilled artisan.
- LTR retroviral long terminal repeat
- CMV human cytomegalovirus
- the virus can be placed in contact with the neuronal cell of interest or alternatively, can be injected into a subject suffering from a disorder associated with neuronal cellular starvation.
- the nucleic acid molecules can also be delivered using non-viral methods for gene transfer, preferably those whose use in gene therapy is known in the art (Nakanishi, M., Crit. Rev. Therapeu. Drug Carrier Systems 12:263-310 (1995); Abdallah, B., et al., Biol Cell 85:1-7 (1995); Zhang, J., et al., Cancer Metastasis Rev. 15:385-401 (1996); Philips, S. C., Biologicals 23:13-16 (1995); Lee, R. J. and Huang, L., Crit. Rev. Ther. Drug Carrier Syst. 14:173-206 (1997)).
- non-viral methods for gene transfer preferably those whose use in gene therapy is known in the art (Nakanishi, M., Crit. Rev. Therapeu. Drug Carrier Systems 12:263-310 (1995); Abdallah, B., et al., Biol Cell 85:1-7 (1995); Zhang, J., e
- non-viral vectors for gene delivery examples include prokaryotic vectors, cationic liposomes, DNA-protein complexes, non-viral T7 autogene vectors (Chen, X., et al., Hum. Gene Ther. 9:729-736 (1998)), fusogenic liposomes, direct injection of nucleic acid (“naked DNA”), particle or receptor-mediated gene transfer, hybrid vectors such as DNA-adenovirus conjugates or other molecular conjugates involving a non-viral and viral component, starburstpolyamidoamine dendrimers (Kukowska-Latallo, J.
- the present invention provides an embodiment of the foregoing methods wherein the nucleic acid molecules are delivered using any cellular vector, preferably one whose use for gene therapy is well-established for those skilled in the art.
- cellular vectors for gene therapy include endothelial cells (Rancourt, C., et al., Clin. Cancer Res. 4:265-270 (1998); Qjeifo, J. O., et al., Cytokines Mol. Ther. 2:89-101 (1996)) and macrophages including tumor-infiltrating macrophages (Zufferey, R., et al., Nat. Biotechnol.
- IRESs are sequences containing 500-600 by that are typical of the 5′ nontransduced regions of picornaviruses, including the polio- and encephalomyocarditis viruses (EMCV). See, e.g., Ghattas, I. R., et al., Molecular and Cellular Biology 11:5848-5859 (1991); Morgan, R. A., et al., Nucleic Acids Research 20:1293-1299 (1992).
- EMCV polio- and encephalomyocarditis viruses
- a viral sequence the picornavirus 2A sequence
- the viral 2A peptide is 16-20 amino acids and can be employed as a cleavage peptide located between two proteins of interest, where it promotes their cleavage into two separate proteins (Furler et al. Gene Ther. 8:864-873 (2001).
- Another alternative is for the vector to contain multiple genes under the control of distinct promoters.
- Agents that modulate Lynx1 activity can be known (e.g., Lynx1 interfering nucleic acid molecules, Lynx1 intracellular antibodies that interfere with Lynx1 activity, peptide inhibitors derived from Lynx1) or can be identified using the methods described herein.
- the invention provides methods (also referred to herein as “screening assays”) for identifying other modulators, i.e., candidate or test compounds or agents (e.g., peptidomimetics, small molecules or other drugs) which modulate Lynx1 activity and for testing or optimizing the activity of other agents.
- molecules which bind e.g., to Lynx1 or a protein interacting with Lynx1, e.g., a nicotinic acetycholine receptor, or have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on the expression and/or activity of Lynx1 or a protein interacting with Lynx1 can be identified.
- the ability of a compound to directly modulate the expression, post-translational modification, or activity of Lynx1 is measured in an indicator composition using a screening assay of the invention.
- Agents that are capable of inhibiting the expression, stability, and/or activity of Lynx 1, as identified by the methods of the invention, are useful as candidate compounds useful to increase the neural plasticity of a subject in need thereof or to increase the neural plasticity of a population of neural cells.
- the present invention provides methods for identifying a compound useful for treating a subject that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity.
- the methods include providing an indicator composition, contacting the indicator composition with a test compound (or a plurality of test compounds), determining the effect of a test compound on the expression and/or activity of Lynx 1, and selecting a compound which modulates the expression and/or activity of Lynx 1, thereby identifying a compound useful for treating a a subject that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity.
- the present invention provides methods for identifying a compound useful for treating a subject that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity.
- the methods include administering a test compound (or a plurality of test compounds) to a non-human animal model of neural plasticity, determining the effect of a test compound on the expression and/or activity of Lynx1, and selecting a compound which modulates the expression and/or activity of Lynx 1, thereby identifying a compound useful for treating a a subject that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity.
- Non-human animal models of neural plasticity such as learning and memory, animal models of brain damage are known in the art and include, for example, monocular deprivation, surgical esotropia, optically induced concomitant strabismus, and optically induced incomitant strabismus models, sound-rearing, deafening, tactile stimulation, and motor training models.
- agents, candidate compounds or test compounds include, but are not limited to, nucleic acids (e.g., DNA and RNA), carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, peptides, peptidomimetics, small molecules and other drugs.
- Agents can be obtained using any of the numerous approaches in combinatorial library methods known in the art, including: biological libraries; spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries; synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution; the “one-bead one-compound” library method; and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection.
- the biological library approach is limited to peptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to peptide, non-peptide oligomer or small molecule libraries of compounds (Lam (1997) Anticancer Drug Des. 12:145; U.S. Pat. No. 5,738,996; and U.S. Pat. No. 5,807,683, each of which is incorporated herein in its entirety by reference).
- Libraries of compounds may be presented, e.g., presented in solution (e.g., Houghten (1992) Bio/Techniques 13:412-421), or on beads (Lam (1991) Nature 354:82-84), chips (Fodor (1993) Nature 364:555-556), bacteria (U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409), spores (U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,571,698; 5,403,484; and 5,223,409), plasmids (Cull et al. (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
- the indicator composition can be a cell that expresses the Lynx1 protein or a molecule with which Lynx1 directly interacts, for example, a cell that naturally expresses or has been engineered to express the protein(s) by introducing into the cell an expression vector encoding the protein.
- the indicator composition can be a cell-free composition that includes the protein(s) (e.g., a cell extract or a composition that includes e.g., either purified natural or recombinant protein).
- the protein(s) e.g., a cell extract or a composition that includes e.g., either purified natural or recombinant protein.
- an indicator cell can be transfected with an expression vector, incubated in the presence and in the absence of a test compound, and the effect of the compound on the expression of the molecule or on a biological response regulated by Lynx1 can be determined.
- the biological activities of Lynx1 include activities determined in vivo, or in vitro, according to standard techniques.
- Activity can be a direct activity, such as an association with a target molecule or binding partner.
- the activity is an indirect activity, such as an increase in visual evked potentials.
- test compound modulates Lynx1 protein expression
- in vitro transcriptional assays can be performed.
- test compound modulates Lynx1 mRNA expression
- various methodologies can be performed, such as quantitative or real-time PCR.
- reporter genes are known in the art and are suitable for use in the screening assays of the invention.
- suitable reporter genes include those which encode chloramphenicol acetyltransferase, beta-galactosidase, alkaline phosphatase, green fluorescent protein, or luciferase. Standard methods for measuring the activity of these gene products are known in the art.
- a variety of cell types are suitable for use as an indicator cell in the screening assay.
- a cell line is used which expresses low levels of endogenous Lynx1 and is then engineered to express recombinant protein.
- Cells for use in the subject assays include eukaryotic cells.
- a cell is a fungal cell, such as a yeast cell.
- a cell is a plant cell.
- a cell is a vertebrate cell, e.g., an avian cell or a mammalian cell (e.g., a murine cell, or a human cell).
- the cells of the invention can express endogenous Lynx1 or can be engineered to do so.
- a cell that has been engineered to express the Lynx1 protein can be produced by introducing into the cell an expression vector encoding the protein.
- Recombinant expression vectors that can be used for expression of, e.g., Lynx1, are known in the art.
- the cDNA is first introduced into a recombinant expression vector using standard molecular biology techniques.
- a cDNA can be obtained, for example, by amplification using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) or by screening an appropriate cDNA library.
- PCR polymerase chain reaction
- nucleotide sequences of cDNAs for or a molecule in a signal transduction pathway involving are known in the art and can be used for the design of PCR primers that allow for amplification of a cDNA by standard PCR methods or for the design of a hybridization probe that can be used to screen a cDNA library using standard hybridization methods.
- the indicator composition is a cell free composition.
- Lynx1 expressed by recombinant methods in a host cells or culture medium can be isolated from the host cells, or cell culture medium using standard methods for protein purification. For example, ion-exchange chromatography, gel filtration chromatography, ultrafiltration, electrophoresis, and immunoaffinity purification with antibodies can be used to produce a purified or semi-purified protein that can be used in a cell free composition. Alternatively, a lysate or an extract of cells expressing the protein of interest can be prepared for use as cell-free composition.
- compounds that specifically modulate Lynx1 activity or the activity of a molecule in a signal transduction pathway involving Lynx1 are identified based on their ability to modulate the interaction of Lynx1 with a target molecule to which Lynx1 binds.
- the target molecule can be a mRNA molecule or a protein molecule.
- Suitable assays are known in the art that allow for the detection of protein-protein interactions (e.g., immunoprecipitations, two-hybrid assays and the like) or that allow for the detection of interactions between Lynx1 and an mRNA (e.g., electrophoretic mobility shift assays, DNAse I footprinting assays and the like). By performing such assays in the presence and absence of test compounds, these assays can be used to identify compounds that modulate (e.g., inhibit or enhance) the activity of Lynx1 with a target molecule.
- Compounds identified in the subject screening assays can be used in methods of modulating one or more of the biological responses regulated by Lynx1. It will be understood that it may be desirable to formulate such compound(s) as pharmaceutical compositions (described supra) prior to contacting them with cells.
- test compound that directly or indirectly modulates, e.g., Lynx1 expression or activity by one of the variety of methods described hereinbefore
- the selected test compound can then be further evaluated for its effect on cells, for example by contacting the compound of interest with cells either in vivo (e.g., by administering the compound of interest to an organis) or ex vivo (e.g., by isolating cells from an organism and contacting the isolated cells with the compound of interest or, alternatively, by contacting the compound of interest with a cell line) and determining the effect of the compound of interest on the cells, as compared to an appropriate control (such as untreated cells or cells treated with a control compound, or carrier, that does not modulate the biological response).
- an appropriate control such as untreated cells or cells treated with a control compound, or carrier, that does not modulate the biological response.
- the invention pertains to a combination of two or more of the assays described herein.
- a modulating agent can be identified using a cell-based or a cell-free assay, and the ability of the agent to modulate the activity of Lynx1 or a protein with which Lynx1 interacts can be confirmed in vivo, e.g., in an animal, such as, for example, an animal model for, e.g., neural plasticity.
- a modulator of Lynx1 or a molecule in a signaling pathway involving Lynx1 identified as described herein can be used in an animal model to determine the efficacy, toxicity, or side effects of treatment with such a modulator.
- a modulator identified as described herein can be used in an animal model to determine the mechanism of action of such a modulator.
- screening assays can be used to identify compounds that indirectly modulate the activity and/or expression of Lynx1 e.g., by performing screening assays such as those described above using molecules with which Lynx1 interacts, e.g., molecules that act either upstream or downstream of Lynx1 during the critical period of neural plasticity.
- the instant invention also pertains to compounds identified in the subject screening assays.
- Wild-type mice C57Bl/6; SLC Japan, and Charles River USA
- lynx1 knockout mice J. M. Miwa et al., Neuron, 51: 587 (2006)
- LR Light-reared mice were raised from birth on a 12-hour light/dark (L/D) cycle to various postnatal ages.
- N 3 to 7 mice were used per experimental condition for quantitative Western Blotting or immunohistochemistry.
- Lynx1,2 mRNA and ⁇ -actin mRNA were quantified by real-time PCR using commercially available gene-specific primers and TaqMan gene expression assay (Applied Biosystems).
- Probes were synthesized using T3/T7 RNA polymerase (Roche) labeled with digoxigenin or fluorescein and hybridized to frozen sections. To amplify the signal, probes were detected using anti-digoxigenin or fluorescein antibody conjugated to Alkaline Phosphatase (Roche), or the TSA-Plus DNP System (PerkinElmer Life Sciences) in combination with fast red staining for double FISH.
- Visual cortex from isoflurane-anesthetized mice was dissected and white matter stripped by aspiration before homogenizing by sonication in 50 mM tris-HCl, pH 7.4 containing 10 mM EDTA and 1 mM PMSF.
- Total protein concentration was determined by colorimetric (Bradford) assay system (BIO RAD) and used to normalize loading. Equal amounts of protein sample (20 or 40 ⁇ g per lane) were separated by SDS/PAGE and transferred to PVDF membranes (ATTO Corporation) with semi-dry blotter.
- Membranes were blocked with 5% skim milk in TBS, pH7.6 containing 0.1% Tween20 for 2 h, then treated with rabbit polyclonal anti-lynx1 (1:1000) (I. Ibanez-Tallon et al., Neuron, 33: 893 (2002) overnight at 4° C., washed and incubated with AP-conjugated secondary antibody. Blots were visualized by adding NBT/BCIP solution.
- mice were perfused transcardially with 0.9% saline then 4% paraformaldehyde, and brains removed into 30% sucrose/paraformaldehyde for cryoprotection. Brains were cut in coronal section (30 ⁇ m) on a freezing microtome. Sections were rinsed in PBS, then incubated overnight at 4° C. in monoclonal antibody against Myelin Basic Protein (MBP: Chemicon, 1:200) or biotin-WFA (1:400), followed by secondary antibodies (anti-mouse IgG-Alexa-488, 594, streptavidin-488, 1:400).
- MBP Myelin Basic Protein
- secondary antibodies anti-mouse IgG-Alexa-488, 594, streptavidin-488, 1:400.
- Eyelid margins were trimmed by iris scissor and eyes sutured shut under isoflurane anesthesia. Eyes were closed 4-5 days for short term MD (STMD), from P19 to >P60 for long term MD (CP-LTMD), and from P19 to P33 for recovery studies.
- Electrophysiological recording was performed under nembutal/chlorprothixene anesthesia using standard techniques for mice (T. K. Hensch et al., Science 282: 1504 (1998); J. A. Gordon, M. P. Stryker, J Neurosci 16: 3274 (1996).
- CBI contralateral bias index
- OD score was computed by PSTH analysis of peak to baseline spiking activity in response to each eye: ⁇ [Peak(ipsi)-baseline(ipsi)] ⁇ [Peak(contra)-baseline(contra)] ⁇ / ⁇ [Peak(ipsi)-baseline(ipsi)]+[Peak(contra)-baseline(contra)] ⁇ (T. Pizzorusso et al., Science, 298: 1248 (2002)).
- VEPs were recorded under nembutal/chlorprothixene anesthesia using standard techniques in mice (V. Porciatti, T. Pizzorusso, L. Maffei, Vision Res, 39: 3071 (1999)).
- a tungsten electrode was inserted into V1 where the maximal VEP response is located within the visual field 20° from the vertical meridian (usually 3 mm from lambda).
- the electrode was advanced to a depth of 100-400 ⁇ m within cortex where VEPs exhibit their maximal amplitude.
- Signals were band-pass-filtered (0.1-100 Hz), amplified, and fed to a computer for analysis. In brief, at least 20 events were averaged in synchrony with the stimulus contrast reversal.
- Transient VEPs in response to abrupt contrast reversal (1 Hz) were evaluated in the time domain by measuring the peak-to-baseline amplitude of the major negative component.
- Visual stimuli were horizontal sinusoidal gratings of different spatial frequencies at 90% contrast.
- Visual acuity was obtained by extrapolation to zero amplitude of the linear regression through the last four to five data points along a curve of VEP amplitude plotted against log spatial frequency.
- Nicotine (1 mg/kg, s.c.) was injected during VEP recording from V1.
- Focal mecamylamine 50 mM or Diazepam (2 mg/ml in 50% propylene glycol) were administered via low-flow osmotic mini-pump infusion directly into V1 (1.0 ⁇ l/hr, 200 ml over 5-7 days; Alzet Model 2001, Alza) before recording (T. K. Hensch et al., Science 282, 1504 (1998)).
- Acetylcholinesterase Inhibitor (AchEI: physostigmine, 0.1 mg/kg, i.p.) was injected daily from P45 until one day before recording.
- Example 1 Lynx1, a Cholinergic Brake, Limits Plasticity in Adult Visual Cortex
- Lynx1 was identified as one such molecule. Lynx1 is an endogenous prototoxin similar to ⁇ -bungarotoxin in snake venom and binds to the nicotinic acetylcholine receptor (nAChR) (J. M. Miwa et al., Neuron 23, 105 (1999).
- nAChR nicotinic acetylcholine receptor
- Lynx1 expression increases only after the critical period for amblyopia in adult V1 both at the protein and mRNA level ( FIG. 1A ).
- Lynx1 transcripts were expressed both inV1 and the lateral geniculate nucleus (LGN) ( FIG. 1B ).
- LGN lateral geniculate nucleus
- Lynx2 declined over the critical period and was hardly found in the visual pathway ( FIG. 2 ).
- Lynx1 function in the binocular region was therefore directly assessed by electrophysiological recordings from knockout mice.
- mice lacking the Lynx1 gene the eye preference of single neurons (ocular dominance) was no different from that of wild-type mice ( FIG. 1E ).
- MD monocular deprivation
- FIG. 1 , C to E the eye preference of single neurons (ocular dominance) was no different from that of wild-type mice.
- adult Lynx1 knockout mice exhibited a robust shift in responsiveness away from the deprived eye ( FIG. 1 , C to E).
- Lynx1 protein directly binds to nAChRs (I. Iba ⁇ ez-Tallon et al., Neuron 33, 893 (2002)), such as the major central subunits ⁇ 4 ⁇ 2 heteromers or ⁇ 7 homomers, to reduce their sensitivity to acetylcholine.
- nAChRs I. Iba ⁇ ez-Tallon et al., Neuron 33, 893 (2002)
- the response to systemic nicotine injection in Lynx1 knockout mice was directly assessed by measuring visual evoked potential (VEP) response in anesthetized V1. Enhancement of the VEP response was only observed in Lynx1 knockout mice ( FIGS. 3 , B and C).
- Lynx1 and nAChR mRNAs were coexpressed not only in the LGN ( FIG. 7 ) but also in a subpopulation of GABA cells, primarily parvalbumin-positive interneurons ( FIG. 6B and FIG. 7B ). Activation of nAChRs may also exert long-term epigenetic effects on GABA synthesis R. Satta et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 105, 16356 (2008)). To probe whether excitatory-inhibitory imbalance may contribute to adult plasticity in Lynx1 knockout mice, intracortical inhibition was directly restored by focal benzodiazepine infusion from osmotic minipumps.
- Lynx1 reduces adult plasticity through cholinergic signaling mechanisms that may adjust excitatory inhibitory balance later in life (H. Morishita, T. K. Hensch, Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 18, 101 (2008)).
- Lynx1 provides both a valuable endogenous tool with which to probe critical period closure and offers novel therapeutic and conceptual insight.
- the results presented herein highlight a nicotinic component for adult V1 plasticity.
- a role for muscarinic receptors is not ruled out (J. L. Herrero et al., Nature 454, 1110 (2008)), deletion of Lynx1 alone is sufficient to rescue visual acuity.
- Recovery strategies aimed at the Lynx1-nAChR interaction (J. M. Miwa et al., Neuron 23, 105 (1999); I.
- Iba ⁇ ez-Tallon et al., Neuron 33, 893 (2002). could be fruitful in conjunction with attentional tasks that stimulate cholinergic release (e.g., perceptual learning, video-game training) (M. Goard, Y. Dan, Nat. Neurosci. 12, 1444 (2009); J. I. Kang, E. Vaucher, PLoS ONE 4, e5995 (2009); D. M. Levi, R. W. Li, Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond. B Biol. Sci. 364, 399 (2009); M. W. Dye, C. S. Green, D. Bavelier, Neuropsychologia 47, 1780 (2009)).
- attentional tasks that stimulate cholinergic release e.g., perceptual learning, video-game training
- attentional tasks that stimulate cholinergic release e.g., perceptual learning, video-game training
- attentional tasks that stimulate cholinergic release e.g., perceptual learning,
- Clinically approved cholinesterase inhibitors that boost the afferent response in human visual cortex may be useful for treating some amblyopes ( FIG. 3C ), including those with subcortical changes (R. F. Hess, B. Thompson, G. Gole, K. T. Mullen, Eur. J. Neurosci. 29, 1064 (2009)).
- Amblyopia might further serve as a diagnostic measure to identify tobacco exposure (P. Lempert, Ophthalmic Physiol. Opt. 25, 592 (2005)) or schizophrenia (M. Suter, et al. Brain Res. Brain Res. Rev. 48, 98 (2005).).
- Lynx1 levels may allow cholinergic activation to induce islands of plasticity while maintaining overall circuit stability.
- Visual attention tasks in fact preferentially modulate fastspiking inhibitory neurons (J. F. Mitchell, et al., Neuron 55, 131 (2007); Y. Chen et al., Nat. Neurosci. 11, 974 (2008)), consistent with a convergence of top-down influences upon local excitatory-inhibitory circuit balance.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Food Science & Technology (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Plant Pathology (AREA)
- Psychiatry (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- This application claims the benefit of and priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/413,109, filed on Nov. 12, 2010, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by this reference.
- This invention was made with Government support under grant number 1DP10D003699-01 awarded by the National Institutes of Health. The government, therefore, has certain rights in the invention.
- The instant application contains a Sequence Listing which has been submitted via EFS-Web and is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. The ASCII copy of the Sequence Listing, created on Nov. 10, 2011, is named SeqList.txt, and is 26,993 bytes in size.
- The juvenile brain exhibits a high capacity for plasticity and repair that is severely restricted in adulthood. In the juvenile brain, there is a biological “critical period,” when the brain is extraordinarily adaptable. The older brain, however, instead of easily re-molding itself to accommodate new kinds of inputs, is more constrained. This waxing and waning of cortical plasticity during a postnatal critical period serves to consolidate neural circuits and behavior, but in turn limits recovery of function in the adult brain.
- For example, discordant vision through the two eyes during an early critical period results in the enduring loss of visual acuity (amblyopia) that reflects aberrant circuit remodeling within primary visual cortex (V1). Amblyopia, which affects 2 to 4% of the human population, exhibits little recovery in adulthood (H. Morishita, T. K. Hensch, Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 18, 101 (2008)).
- Thus, experience-dependent brain plasticity declines after an early critical period during which circuits are established. Loss of plasticity with closure of the critical period limits improvement of function in adulthood, but the mechanisms that change the brain's plasticity remain poorly understood.
- While many processes contribute to this change in the brain's learning potential, there is evidence suggesting that some of the changes are brought about by the gradual accumulation of molecules that limit the brain's adaptability. It is believed that rather than silencing neurons outright, these molecules help hold them in check, suppressing their tendency to grow and otherwise change with experience. The only molecules previously reported to play a role in closing the critical period are related to axonal growth inhibition, such as chondroitin sulfate proteoglycans and the myelin-signaling proteins NgR and PirB (T. Pizzorusso et al., Science 298, 1248 (2002); A. W. McGee, Y et al., Science 309, 2222 (2005); J. Syken, T., et al., Science 313, 1795 (2006)).
- Accordingly, there is a need in the art for the identification of molecules that restrict adult plasticity, modulation of which would be of benefit to injured or dysfunctional adults to permit recovery of neurological performance.
- The present invention is based, at least in part, on the discovery that Lynx1 expression maintains the stability of mature cortical networks in the presence of cholinergic innervation, thus, preventing plasticity in the adult brain. In particular, it has been discovered that an increase in expression of Lynx1 protein prevents experience-dependent brain plasticity in the primary visual cortex of mice late in life and that inhibition of Lynx1 activity enhances nicotinic acetylcholine receptor signaling. Accordingly, the present invention provide methods for treating subjects suffering from a disorder associated with a nicotinic acetylcholine receptor (nAChR), methods for treating a subject having a disorder that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity, and methods for modulating the plasticity of the primary visual cortex in subjects by modulating the expression and/or activity of Lynx1.
- In one aspect, the present invention provides methods for treating a subject suffering from a disorder associated with a nicotinic actylcholine receptor. The methods include modulating the levels of Lynx1 in the subject, thereby treating the subject suffering from a disorder associated with a nicotinic actylcholine receptor.
- In another aspect, the present invention provides methods for treating a subject suffering from a disorder associated with a nicotinic actylcholine receptor. The methods include administering to the subject a moiety which modulates the levels of Lynx1 in said subject, thereby treating the subject suffering from a disorder associated with a nicotinic actylcholine receptor.
- In another aspect, the present invention provides methods for treating a subject having a disorder that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity. The methods include administering to the subject a moiety which modulates the levels of Lynx1 in said subject, thereby treating the subject having a disorder that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity.
- In another aspect, the present invention provides methods for modulating the plasticity of a population of neural cells. The methods include contacting the population of neural cells with a moiety that modulates the levels of Lynx 1, thereby modulating the plascticity of a population of neural cells.
- In one embodiment, the moiety is a small molecule, such asAricept® and Reminyl®. In other embodiments, the moiety is an RNAi, such as a sdRNAi, or an antibody or fragment or derivative thereof.
- In one embodiment, the moiety is administered locally.
- In one embodiment, the methods of the invention further comprise administering to the subject a cholinesterase inhibitor, such as, Aricept® and Reminyl®.
- The disorder associated with a nicotinic actylcholine receptor may be an ophthalmic disorder, such as amblyopia, a mental illness, such as autism and schizophrenia, or stroke.
- In one embodiment, the levels of Lynx1 in said subject are decreased. In another embodiment, the levels of Lynx1 in said subject are increased.
- In one embodiment, the subject is a human.
- In one aspect, the present invention provides methods modulating the plasticity of the primary visual cortex in a subject. The methods include modulating the levels of Lynx1 in the subject, thereby modulating the plasticity of the primary visual cortex in the subject.
- In another aspect, the present invention provides methods for modulating the plasticity of the primary visual cortex in a subject. The methods include administering to the subject a moiety which modulates the levels of Lynx1 in the subject, thereby modulating the plasticity of the primary visual cortex in said subject.
- In yet another aspect, the present invention provides methods for identifying a compound useful for treating a a subject that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity. The methods include providing an indicator composition, contacting the indicator composition with a test compound, determining the effect of a test compound on the expression and/or activity of Lynx 1, and selecting a compound which modulates the expression and/or activity of Lynx1, thereby identifying a compound useful for treating a a subject that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity.
- In another aspect, the present invention provides methods for identifying a compound useful for treating a subject that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity. The methods include administering a test compound to a non-human animal model of neural plasticity, determining the effect of a test compound on the expression and/or activity of Lynx 1, and selecting a compound which modulates the expression and/or activity of Lynx 1, thereby identifying a compound useful for treating a a subject that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity.
- In one aspect, the present invention provides compositions. The compositions include an inhibitor of Lynx 1, and instructions for use for treating a subject suffering from a disorder associated with a nicotinic actylcholine receptor, such as an ophthalmic disorder, such as amblyopia, a mental illness, such as autism and schizophrenia, or stroke.
- In another aspect, the present invention provides compositions which include an inhibitor of Lynx 1, and instructions for use for treating a subject having a disorder that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity, such as an ophthalmic disorder, such as amblyopia, a mental illness, such as autism and schizophrenia, or stroke.
- In another aspect, the present invention provides compositions which include an inhibitor of Lynx 1, and instructions for use for modulating the plasticity of the primary visual cortex.
- Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the following detailed description and claims.
-
FIGS. 1A-1E depict that Lynx1 expression increases in adulthood to limit visual plasticity. (A) Expression of Lynx1 protein (top) and mRNA (bottom) across the critical period (CP) (pre-CP: P18; CP: P28; post-CP: P60). **P<0.01, *P<0.05, oneway analysis of variance. AU, arbitrary units; RQ, relative quantification. Data are shown as the mean±SEM. (B) In situ hybridization of Lynx1 in adult V1 (top) and LGN (bottom). Scale bar, 100 mm (C) Adult V1 plasticity paradigm by short-term MD (Ad-MD). (D) Ad-MD shifts the ocular dominance distribution of Lynx1 knockout (KO) mice [bottom; contralateral bias index (CBI)=0.55, 216 cells, 8 mice], but not in wild-type (WT) mice (top; CBI=0.68, 231 cells, 9 mice). KO versus WT: P<0.0001, X2 test. (E) Cumulative probability of quantified spike response after Ad-MD confirms shifted ocular dominance scores for Lynx1 KO (blue filled circles), compared to WT (gray filled circles) (**P<0.005, Kolmogorov-Smimov test) or no MD (blue open circles, KO, 93 cells; gray open circles, WT, 82 cells; P=0.75, Kolmogorov-Smirnov test). -
FIGS. 2A-2C depict Lynx2 expression in the visual system. (A) Lynx2 mRNA expression decreases across CP. P<0.0001, One-way ANOVA. Mean±sem. (B) In situ hybridization of lynx2 in adult V1 (upper panel) and LGN (lower panel). Scale, 100 μm (C) Double in situ hybridization of lynx2 (whte) & PV (gray) in adult V1. Note lynx2 does not co-localize with PV, while lynx1 does (FIG. 4B ). -
FIGS. 3A-3C depict nicotinic receptors mediate adult plasticity in Lynx1 KO mice. (A) Mice without MD shift equally after MD during the CP (light blue, KO: mean CBI=0.48, 6 mice; light gray, WT: CBI=0.50, 8 mice; P>0.5, t test). Adult plasticity (KOMD: CBI=0.55, 12 mice versus gray, WTMD: CBI=0.68, 9 mice; ***P<0.0001, t test) is abolished by concurrent nAChR antagonists (KOMD+mecamylamine: CBI=0.68, 9 mice versus KOMD, ***P<0.0001; versus gray, WTMD+mecamylamine: CBI=0.69, 4 mice, P>0.7; versus no MDKO+mecamylamine: CBI=0.68, 7 mice, P>0.9, t test; KOMD+DHβE/MLA: CBI=0.68, 7 mice versus KOMD, ***P<0.0001, t test). Darker circles represent cortical minipump infusion. (B) Enhanced nicotine response in Lynx1 KO mice. Averaged VEP traces (mean T SEM) before (light gray) and 10 min after (black) subcutaneous nicotine injection (+nic) inWT (left) and Lynx1 KOmice (right). (C) Integrated VEP (area of first negative peak) forWT (empty bars, 6 mice) and Lynx1 KO mice (filled bars, 11 mice). *P<0.05, t test; n.s., not significant. -
FIGS. 4A-4C depict the recovery from amblyopia in Lynx1 KO mice. (A) After long-term MD (LTMD) spanning the critical period (P19 to P33), the deprived eye was reopened (>1 month) until VEP acuity was measured in V1 (>P60). For AChEI experiments, physostigmine was injected daily starting at P45. (B) Averaged VEP traces (left, mean±SEM; scale: 20 mV, 0.1 s) and amplitudes (right) of first negative peak (mean±SEM) reveal acuity recovery after reopening an eye (dark gray, 6 mice) initially deprived during the critical period (light gray, 5 mice). (C) Visual acuity inWT mice (white bars) without deprivation [no MD: 0.48 T 0.03 cycles per degree (cyc/deg), 6 mice] decreases after LTMD spanning the critical period (LTMD: 0.28±0.01 cyc/deg, 3 mice) and endures (+eye open: 0.30 T 0.02 cyc/deg, 5 mice; versus LTMD, P>0.45; versus no MD, P<0.0005, t test). In contrast, reopening the deprived eye together with cholinesterase inhibitor restores vision (gray bar, AChEI: 0.48±0.06 cyc/deg, 4 mice; versusWT+eye open, *P<0.05; versus WT no MD+AChEI: 0.47±0.02 cyc/deg, 6 mice, P>0.8, t test). Lynx1 KO mice (black bars) spontaneously recover from LTMD (0.28±0.03 cyc/deg, 5 mice) simply by reopening the deprived eye (0.56±0.02 cyc/deg, 6 mice; ***P<0.0001, t test) to reach normal levels (no MD: 0.56±0.04 cyc/deg, 3 mice). -
FIGS. 5A-5B depict normal perineuronal nets and myelination in Lynx1 KO mice. (A) WFA staining of adult V1 in WT (left) and lynx1 KO (middle) mice. P>0.3, t-test. (B) MBP staining of adult V1 in WT (left) and lynx1 KO (middle) mice. P>0.4, t-test. Scale, 100 μm. -
FIGS. 6A-6C depict that Lynx1 adjusts cortical excitatory-inhibitory balance to regulate adult plasticity. (A) In WT animals (left), mature excitatory-inhibitory balance is maintained by Lynx1 that limits nAChR response. In Lynx1 KO mice (right), enhanced nAChR signaling leads to excitatory-inhibitory imbalance and adult plasticity, which could be sensitive to acute restoration of inhibition with diazepam (DZ). (B) Double in situ hybridizationof Lynx1 (white) with GAD65 (light gray, top) or parvalbumin (PV, bottom) in adult V1 (left). Scale bar, 100 μm. Quantification of overlapping pixels (right) indicates selective expression of Lynx1 in a subset (40%) of GAD65-positive interneurons, most likely PV-positive cells (>90% colocalization). (C) Focal diazepam infusion during adult MD in Lynx1 KO mice abolishes ocular dominance plasticity (black, DZ: CBI=0.67, 6 mice versus gray, vehicle (Veh): CBI=0.54, 14 mice; ***P<0.001, t test). Dark circles represent cortical minipump infusion. -
FIGS. 7A-7B depict co-localization of nAchR β2 subunit with lynx1 and PV in the visual system. (A) Double in situ hybridization of lynx1 (dark gray) and nAChR β2 (white) in adult V1 and LGN. Scale, 100 μm (B) Double in situ hybridization of PV (dark gray) and nAChR β2 (white) in adult V1. Scale, 100 μm - The present invention is based, at least in part, on the discovery that Lynx1 expression maintains the stability of mature cortical networks in the presence of cholinergic innervation, thus, preventing plasticity in the adult brain. In particular, it has been discovered that an increase in expression of Lynx1 protein prevents experience-dependent brain plasticity in the primary visual cortex of mice late in life and that inhibition of Lynx1 activity enhances nicotinic acetylcholine receptor signaling. Accordingly, the present invention provide methods for treating subjects suffering from a disorder associated with a nicotinic acetylcholine receptor (nAChR), methods for treating a subject having a disorder that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity, and methods for modulating the plasticity of the primary visual cortex in subjects by modulating the expression and/or activity of Lynx1.
- In order that the present invention may be more readily understood, certain terms are first defined. In addition, it should be noted that whenever a value or range of values of a parameter are recited, it is intended that values and ranges intermediate to the recited values are also intended to be part of this invention.
- In the following description, for purposes of explanation, specific numbers, materials and configurations are set forth in order to provide a thorough understanding of the invention. It will be apparent, however, to one having ordinary skill in the art that the invention may be practiced without these specific details. In some instances, well-known features may be omitted or simplified so as not to obscure the present invention. Furthermore, reference in the specification to phrases such as “one embodiment” or “an embodiment” means that a particular feature, structure or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the invention. The appearances of phrases such as “in one embodiment” in various places in the specification are not necessarily all referring to the same embodiment.
- The articles “a” and “an” are used herein to refer to one or to more than one (i.e., to at least one) of the grammatical object of the article. By way of example, “an element” means one element or more than one element.
- The term “Lynx1”, also known as “Ly6/
Nuerotoxin 1” and “SLURP2”, refers to the endogenous prototoxin similar to α-bungarotoxin in snake venom which binds to the nicotinic acetylcholine receptor (nAChR), such as the major central subunits α4β2 heteromers or α7 homomers, to reduce their sensitivity to acetylcholine. Lynx1 is a member of the Ly-6/neurotoxin gene family, a group of lymphocyte antigens that attach to the cell surface by a glycosylphosphatidylinositol anchor and have a unique structure showing conserved 8-10 cysteine residues with a characteristic spacing pattern. Functional analysis indicates that this protein is not a ligand or neurotransmitter but has the capacity to enhance nicotinic acetylcholine receptor function in the presence of acetylcholine. - There are five alternative transcripts and isoforms of
Lynx 1, the nucleotide and amino acid sequences of which are known and may be found in, for example, GenBank Accession Nos. GI:212286119 (SEQ ID NOs.:1 and 2), GI:94538331 (SEQ ID NOs.:3 and 4), GI:29294642 (SEQ ID NOs.:5 and 6), GI:94538332 (SEQ ID NOs.:7 and 8), and GI:94538333 (SEQ ID NOs.:9 and 10), the entire contents of all of which are incorporated herein by reference. - A “moiety that modulates the level of
Lynx 1”, an “agent that modulates the level ofLynx 1”, or a “modulator of Lunx1” is any compound or molecule that modulates the mRNA expression and/or protein expression of Lynx1; and/or the mRNA and/or protein stability of Lynx1; and/or the biological activity of Lynx1. Exemplary agents suitable for use in the methods of the invention include interfering nucleic acid molecules (e.g., antisense RNAs, sdRNAs, and siRNAs), intracellular antibodies, inhibitory peptides, or small molecules. Agents suitable for use in the methods of the invention are discussed in detail below. - The term “level of Lynx1” includes levels of Lynx1 mRNA or cDNA, and/or protein concentration, expression, activity, function, or stability of Lynx1 protein, DNA, mRNA, or cDNA. In one embodiment, the term “level” as used herein refers to the measurable quantity of Lynx1. The amount may be either (a) an absolute amount as measured in molecules, moles or weight per unit volume or cells or (b) a relative amount, e.g., measured by densitometric analysis.
- As used herein, the various forms of the term “modulate” include stimulation (e.g., increasing or upregulating a particular response or activity) and inhibition (e.g., decreasing or downregulating a particular response or activity).
- As used herein, the term “inhibit” refers to a decrease in expression, stability, and/or a biological activity of Lynx1. For example, the term “inhibit” refers to the ability to decreasing or downmodulating the expression, stability, and/or activity of Lynx1 as described herein.
- As used herein, the term “stimulate” refers to an increase in expression, stability and/or a biological activity of Lynx1. For example, the term “stimulate” refers to the ability to increasing or upmodulating the expression, stability, and/or activity of Lynx1 as described herein.
- The term “subject” is used herein to refer to an animal, such as a mammal, including a primate (such as a human, a non-human primate, e.g., a monkey, and a chimpanzee), a non-primate (such as a cow, a pig, a camel, a llama, a horse, a goat, a rabbit, a sheep, a hamster, a guinea pig, a cat, a dog, a rat, a mouse, and a whale), a bird (e.g., a duck or a goose), and a shark. In an embodiment, the subject is a human, such as a human being treated or assessed for a disease, disorder or condition, a human at risk for a disease, disorder or condition, a human having a disease, disorder or condition, and/or human being treated for a disease, disorder or condition as described herein. In one embodiment, the subject is about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 years of age. In another embodiment, the subject is about 5-10, 10-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, 30-35, 35-40, 40-45, 45-50, 50-55, 55-60, 60-65, 65-70, 70-75, 75-80, 80-85, 85-90, 90-95, 95-100 years of age. Values and ranges intermediate to the above recited ranges are also intended to be part of this invention. In addition, ranges of values using a combination of any of the above-recited values as upper and/or lower limits are intended to be included.
- The term “administering” includes any method of delivery of a pharmaceutical composition or moiety into a subject's system or to a particular region in or on a subject. In certain embodiments, a moiety is administered intravenously, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, intradermally, intranasally, orally, transcutaneously, intrathecal, intravitreally, intracerebral, or mucosally.
- In one embodiment, the administration of the moiety is a local administration, e.g., intravitreal administration and administration locally in the brain, e.g., administration to the visual cortex, e.g., the primary visual cortex, or local administration to any area of the brain that is in need of an increase in neural plasticity, e.g., administration to the neocortex, administration to the auditory cortex, administration to the motor cortex, and/or administration of the somatosensory cortex.
- As used herein, the term “contacting” (i.e., contacting a cell, e.g., a host cell, or a subject with a moiety) includes incubating the moiety and the, e.g., cell, together in vitro (e.g., adding the moiety to cells in culture) as well as administering the moiety to a subject such that the moiety and cells or tissues of the subject are contacted in vivo.
- As used herein, the terms “treating” or “treatment” refer to a beneficial or desired result including, but not limited to, alleviation or amelioration of one or more symptoms, diminishing the extent of a disorder, stabilized (i.e., not worsening) state of a disorder, amelioration or palliation of the disorder, whether detectable or undetectable. “Treatment” can also mean prolonging survival as compared to expected survival in the absence of treatment. For example, for amblyopia, the disorder may be treated by improving vision in the amblyopic eye. For autism, the disorder may be treated by decreasing one or more symptoms of irritability, lethargy, and hyperactivity, inadequate eye contact, and inappropriate speech. For schizophrenia, the disorder may be treated by decreasing the level or frequency of hallucinations, delusions, inability to focus attention, as well as other cognitive disturbances.
- As used herein, the term “effective amount” refers to the amount of a therapy, which is sufficient to reduce or ameliorate the severity and/or duration of a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof, inhibit or prevent the advancement of a disorder, cause regression of a disorder, inhibit or prevent the recurrence, development, onset or progression of one or more symptoms associated with a disorder, detect a disorder, or enhance or improve the prophylactic or therapeutic effect(s) of another therapy (e.g., prophylactic or therapeutic agent). An effective amount can require more than one dose.
- “Plasticity” and “neural plasticity” as used herein refer to the ability of the central nervous system to reorganize its connections functionally and structurally in response to changes in environmental experience, e.g., sight, touch, smell, feel, as part of the adaptive development of neuronal circuitry.
- Nicotinic acetylcholine receptors (nAChRs) are pentameric integral membrane proteins that are members of a family of ligand-gated ion channel receptors, which include the GABAA, glycine, and serotonin 5HT3A and B receptors. The nAChRs mediate “fast” synaptic transmission on a millisecond time frame, rapidly changing the membrane potential. Each of the 5 constituent receptor polypeptide subunits share a common motif that includes a large extracellular N-terminal hydrophilic domain, 3 transmembranous hydrophobic domains (termed M1-M3), an intracellular loop of variable size that contains consensus sequences of amino acids for enzymatic phosphorylation, and a C-terminal M4 transmembranous hydrophobic domain; the M2 transmembranous domains of each of the 5 receptor polypeptide subunits are aligned to create a potential channel, whose opening is gated by acetylcholine. These receptors are assembled from an extensive family of subunits. In vertebrates, the 17 nAChR subunits (α1-α10, β1-β4, γ, δ and ε) can assemble into a variety of pharmacologically distinct receptor subtypes. There are muscle-type nAChRs and neuronal nAChRs. There is considerable diversity among the sub-family of neuronal nAChRs.
- As used herein, the term “disorder associated with a nicotinic actylcholine receptor” refers to any disorder or injury in which nAChR signaling is abnormal, in which there is a depletion of cholinergic neurons, and/or in which there is reduction in the number of nicotinic ACh receptors. Such disorders include, but are not limited to, ophthalmic disorders, mental illness, stroke, and cognitive disorders. Non-limiting examples of ophthalmic disorders include amblyopia or lazy eye. Non-limiting examples of mental illness include autism and schizophrenia. Non-limiting examples of cognitive disorders include, for example, senile dementia of the Alzheimer type, and cognitive impairment due to aging or traumatic brain injury.
- As used herein, the term “a subject having a disorder that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity” refers to subject having a disorder or injury that would benefit from an increase in the functional and structural reorganization of central nervous system connections in response to changes in environmental experience. Such disorders also include, but are not limited to, ophthalmic disorders, mental illness, stroke, and cognitive disorders. Non-limiting examples of ophthalmic disorders include amblyopia or lazy eye. Non-limiting examples of mental illness include autism and schizophrenia. Non-limiting examples of cognitive disorders include, for example, cognitive impairment due to aging or traumatic brain injury.
- The “visual cortex” of the brain is that part of the cerebral cortex responsible for processing visual information. It is located in the occipital lobe of the brain.
- The term “primary visual cortex” (also known as the “striate cortex” or “V1”) is anatomically equivalent to Brodmann area 17, or BA17. The primary visual cortex, V1, is the koniocortex (sensory type) located in and around the calcarine fissure in the occipital lobe. Each hemisphere's V1 receives information directly from its ipsilateral lateral geniculate nucleus. Each V1 transmits information to two primary pathways, called the dorsal stream and the ventral stream. The dorsal stream begins with V1, goes through Visual area V2, then to the dorsomedial area and Visual area MT (also known as V5) and to the posterior parietal cortex. The dorsal stream, sometimes called the “Where Pathway” or “How Pathway”, is associated with motion, representation of object locations, and control of the eyes and arms, especially when visual information is used to guide saccades or reaching. The ventral stream begins with V1, goes through visual area V2, then through visual area V4, and to the inferior temporal cortex. The ventral stream, sometimes called the “What Pathway”, is associated with form recognition and object representation. It is also associated with storage of long-term memory.
- The present invention provides methods for treating subjects suffering from a disorder associated with a nicotinic acetylcholine receptor (nAChR), methods for treating a subject having a disorder that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity, and methods for modulating the plasticity of the primary visual cortex in a subject.
- In some embodiments, the methods of the invention include modulating the levels of Lynx1 in the subject. In other embodiments, the methods of the invention include administering to the subject a moiety which modulates the levels of Lynx1 in the subject.
- The present invention also provides methods for modulating the plasticity of a neural connection in a population of neural cells. The methods include contacting a population of neural cells with a moiety that modulates, e.g., inhibits, the expression, stability, and/or activity of
Lynx 1. - The methods may be performed by contacting a cell (or a plurality of cells) with the moiety in vitro and then, e.g., the cells can be administered to an organism in vivo, or, alternatively, the moiety may be administered to a subject (e.g., parenterally or locally) such that the cells are contacted with the moiety in vivo.
- Disorders that would benefit from the methods of the invention include, for example, ophthalmic disorders (i.e., disorders of the eye), such as amblyopia; mental illneses, such as schizophrenia, autism; and cognitive disorders associated with, for example, stroke, aging, and/or traumatic or acquired brain injury.
- “Amblyopia”, “strabismic amblyopia”, “lazy eye” is a disorder of the visual system that is characterized by a vision deficiency in an eye that is otherwise physically normal, or out of proportion to associated structural abnormalities of the eye. It has been estimated to affect 1-5% of the population. The term lazy eye may also be used to describe strabismus (“crossed” eye). However, while a crossed eye may become amblyopic, not all crossed eyes are amblyopic nor are all amblyopic eyes crossed.
- A subject having amblyopia may be diagnosed by one or skill in the art, such as an orthoptists, ophthalmologists and optometrists, using, for example, a cover test. If the eye being tested is the strabismic eye, then it will fixate on the object after the “straight” eye is covered, as long as the vision in this eye is good enough. If the “straight” eye is being tested, there will be no change in fixation, as it is already fixated. Depending on the direction that the strabismic eye deviates, the direction of deviation may be assessed. A Hirschberg test where a flashlight is shone in the patient's eye may also be used. When the patient is looking at the light, a reflection can be seen on the front surface of the pupil. If the eyes are properly aligned with one another, then the reflection will be in the same spot of each eye. Therefore, if the reflection is not in the same place in each eye, then the eyes aren't properly aligned.
- A “mental disorder” or “mental illness” is a psychological or behavioral pattern generally associated with subjective distress or disability that occurs in an individual, and which is not a part of normal development or culture. Such a disorder may consist of a combination of affective, behavioural, cognitive and perceptual components.
- In one embodiment, the methods of the invention may be used to treat schizophrenia. “Schizophrenia” is a mental disorder characterized by a disintegration of thought processes and of emotional responsiveness. It most commonly manifests itself as auditory hallucinations, paranoid or bizarre delusions, or disorganized speech and thinking, and it is accompanied by significant social or occupational dysfunction. The onset of symptoms typically occurs in young adulthood, with a global lifetime prevalence of about 0.3-0.7%. Diagnosis is based on criteria in either the American Psychiatric Association's Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, version DSM-IV-TR, or the World Health Organization's International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems, the ICD-10. These criteria use the self-reported experiences of the person and reported abnormalities in behavior, followed by a clinical assessment by a mental health professional.
- Numerous studies have shown that there is a decrease in nicotinic acetylcholine receptor expression and/or activity. Accordingly, a subject having schizophrenia will benefit from treatment with a moiety that modulates, e.g., inhibits, the expression and/or activity of Lynx1 to increase, e.g., neural plasticity and/or nicotinic acetylcholine receptor signaling.
- “Autism” is a disorder of neural development characterized by impaired social interaction and communication, and by restricted and repetitive behavior. A diagnosis of autism may be made using one or more of several diagnostic instruments. For example, the Autism Diagnostic Interview-Revised (ADI-R) is a semistructured parent interview, and the Autism Diagnostic Observation Schedule (ADOS) uses observation and interaction with the child. The Childhood Autism Rating Scale (CARS) is used widely in clinical environments to assess severity of autism based on observation of children. Autism is defined in the DSM-IV-TR as exhibiting at least six symptoms total, including at least two symptoms of qualitative impairment in social interaction, at least one symptom of qualitative impairment in communication, and at least one symptom of restricted and repetitive behavior. Sample symptoms include lack of social or emotional reciprocity, stereotyped and repetitive use of language or idiosyncratic language, and persistent preoccupation with parts of objects. Onset must be prior to age three years, with delays or abnormal functioning in either social interaction, language as used in social communication, or symbolic or imaginative play.
- A reduction in protein expression in cortical areas for nicotinic acetylcholine receptors, e.g., the α4 and β2 subunits, in autistic subjects has been observed. Accordingly, a subject having autism will benefit from treatment with a moiety that modulates, e.g., inhibits, the expression and/or activity of Lynx1 to increase, e.g., neural plasticity and/or nicotinic acetylcholine receptor signaling.
- A “cognitive disorder” is a mental disorder that may be short or long term interruption, in basic cognitive functions, such as memory processing, perception, problem solving and language. In one embodiment a cognitive disorder is schizophrenia. In another embodiment, a cognitive disorder is a stroke. In yet another embodiment, a cognitive disorder is Alzheimer's disease.
- “Alzheimer's disease” is characterised by a profound loss of memory and cognitive functions caused by a severe depletion of cholinergic neurons, i.e. neurons that release acetylcholine. A reduction in the number of nicotinic acetylcholine receptors has also been observed with the progression of Alzheimer's disease. Neurons in the cortex die with the progression of Alzheimer's disease due to, for example, lack of stimulation of the nAChRs. Accordingly, a subject having Alzheimer's disease will benefit from treatment with a moiety that modulates, e.g., inhibits, the expression and/or activity of Lynx1 to increase, e.g., neural plasticity and/or nicotinic acetylcholine receptor signaling.
- Degeneration of the cholinergic nervous system is also observed in healthy aged subjects and rats. Therefore, a subject having Alzheimer's disease will benefit from treatment with a moiety that modulates, e.g., inhibits, the expression and/or activity of Lynx1 to increase, e.g., neural plasticity and/or nicotinic acetylcholine receptor signaling.
- Diagnosis of cognitive disorders is typically clinically based on patient history, collateral history from relatives, and clinical observations, based on the presence of characteristic neurological and neuropsychological features and the absence of alternative conditions. Advanced medical imaging with computed tomography (CT) or magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and with single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) or positron emission tomography (PET) can be used. In the case of Alzheimer's disease, these methods may be used to exclude other cerebral pathology or subtypes of dementia. Moreover, they may predict conversion from prodromal stages (mild cognitive impairment) to Alzheimer's disease. Assessment of intellectual functioning including memory testing can further be used.
- As used herein, the term “stroke” refers to the art recognized pathological condition in which impairment of consciousness and neurological symptom(s) are acutely induced by a cerebrovascular disorder, which includes intracerebral hemorrhages (hypertensive intracerebral hemorrhage and the like), cerebral infarction, transient ischemic attack, subarachnoid hemorrhage, cerebral thrombosis (atherothrombotic cerebral infarction and the like), cerebral embolism (cardiogenic cerebral embolism and the like) and lacunar infarction. Low administration of nicotine which activates nicotinic acetylcholine receptors has been observed to improve outcome of subjects having a stroke. Accordingly, a subject having a stoke will benefit from treatment with a moiety that modulates, e.g., inhibits, the expression and/or activity of Lynx1 to increase, e.g., neural plasticity and/or nicotinic acetylcholine receptor signaling.
- Use of an “effective amount” of the moieties of the present invention (and therapeutic compositions comprising such agents) is an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary to achieve the desired result.
- For example, an effective amount of a moiety may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, reproductive state, and weight, and the ability of the agent to elicit a desired response in the organism. Dosage regimens may be adjusted to provide the optimum response. For example, several divided doses may be provided daily or the dose may be proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the situation.
- The moieties of the present invention may be administered in an amount effective to achieve a desired result and/or at a dose that is sufficient to elicit an increase in neural plasticity in a subject based on the mode of administration and without significant adverse side effects.
- Dose administration can be repeated depending upon the pharmacokinetic parameters of the dosage formulation and the route of administration used. It is also provided that certain formulations containing a moiety useful in the methods of the invention are to be administered orally. Such formulations are preferably encapsulated and formulated with suitable carriers in solid dosage forms. Some examples of suitable carriers, excipients, and diluents include lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches, gum acacia, calcium phosphate, alginates, calcium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, olyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose, gelatin, syrup, methyl cellulose, methyl- and propylhydroxybenzoates, talc, magnesium, stearate, water, mineral oil, and the like. The formulations can additionally include lubricating agents, wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, preserving agents, sweetening agents or flavoring agents. The compositions may be formulated so as to provide rapid, sustained, or delayed release of the active ingredients after administration to the organism by employing procedures well known in the art. The formulations can also contain substances that diminish proteolytic degradation and/or substances which promote absorption such as, for example, surface active agents.
- It is especially advantageous to formulate compositions, e.g., parenteral compositions, in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the organisms to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. The specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on (a) the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and (b) the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of sensitivity in individual organisms. The specific dose can be readily calculated by one of ordinary skill in the art, e.g., according to the approximate weight, e.g., body weight, or surface area of the organism or the volume of space to be occupied. The dose will also be calculated dependent upon the particular route of administration selected. Further refinement of the calculations necessary to determine the appropriate dosage for treatment is routinely made by those of ordinary skill in the art. Such calculations can be made without undue experimentation by one skilled in the art in light of the activity disclosed herein in assay preparations of target cells. Exact dosages are determined in conjunction with standard dose-response studies. It will be understood that the amount of the composition actually administered will be determined by a practitioner, in the light of the relevant circumstances including the condition or conditions to be treated, the choice of composition to be administered, the age, weight, and response of the individual organism, the severity of the organism's symptoms, and the chosen route of administration.
- Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental plant and/or animal models, e.g. for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50. Compounds which exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. While compounds that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such compounds to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects.
- The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compound used in the method for the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.
- The agents or pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be administered by any suitable route known in the art including for example intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, transdermal, intrathecal, intravitreally, or intracerebral administration to cells in ex vivo treatment protocols, or delivered on a surface, e.g., a biocompatible surface. Administration can be either rapid as by injection or over a period of time as by slow infusion or administration of slow release formulation.
- In one embodiment, administration of a moiety of the invention is local administration, such as intracerebroventricular (into the cerebral ventricles) administration, intravitreal administration, administration to the visual cortex, e.g., the primary visual cortex, or administration to any area of the brain that is in need of an increase in neural plasticity, e.g., administration to the neocortex, administration to the auditory cortex, administration to the motor cortex, and/or administration of the somatosensory cortex.
- In the methods of the invention in which a moiety is a cholinesterase inhibitor, such as Aricept®, a suitable dose may be 2 mg, 2.5 mg, 5 mg or 10 mg, once per day. In the methods of the invention in which a moiety is a cholinesterase inhibitor, such as Reminyl®, a suitable dose may be 2, 4, 6, or 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or 24, once per day.
- The methods provided herein can be practiced in combination or sequentially with any other additional methods and/or treatment currently used to treat a disorder as described herein. For example, methods used to treat amblyopia may further include perceptual learning methods or visual tasks such as action-packed video games, prescription lenses, prisms, vision therapy, eye patching, and/or botox. Methods used to treat a cognitive disorder, such as schizophrenia may further include treatment with antipsychotics, such as clozapine, and psychosocial interventions, such as family therapy, assertive community treatment, supported employment, cognitive remediation, skills training, cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), token economic interventions, and psychosocial interventions for substance use and weight management. Methods used to treat Alzheimer's disease may include, for example, pharmaceutical, e.g., acetylcholinesterase inhibitors, an NMDA receptor antagonist (e.g., noncompetitive NMDA receptor antagonists), glutamate, antipsychotics, psychosocial and caregiving. Methods used to treat stroke may include physical rehabilitation. Methods used to treat autism include, for example, treatment with antidepressants, stimulants, and/or antipsychotics, behavior therapy, structured teaching, speech and language therapy, social skills therapy, and occupational therapy.
- In the methods of the invention, treatment of a subject about 6 to about 20, about 7 to about 19, about 8 to about 17 years old having, for example, an ophthalmic disorder, such as, amblyopia, may include, patching the unaffected eye daily for about 0.5, about 1, about 1.5, about 2, about 2.5, about 3, about 3.5, about 4, about 4.5, about 5, about 5.5, about 6, about 6.5, about 7, about 7.5, or about 8 hours and use of about 1.5, about 2, about 2.5, about 3, about 3.5, about 4, about 4.5, or about 5 mg daily of a cholinesterase inhibitor, e.g., donepezil (Aricept®), for about 5, about 6, about 7, about 8, about 9, about 10, about 11, about 12, about 13, about 14, about 15, about 16, about 17, about 18, about 19, or about 20 weeks.
- In one embodiment, a subject between about 8 and about 17 years of age and having an ophthalmic disorder, such as ambylopia, has the unaffected eye patched for about 2 hours per day and is administered about 2.5 mg of a cholinesterase cholinesterase inhibitor, e.g., donepezil (Aricept®) for 12 weeks.
- Treatment of a subject greater than about 18 years of age having, for example, an ophthalmic disorder, such as, amblyopia, may include, patching the unaffected eye daily for about 0.5, about 1, about 1.5, about 2, about 2.5, about 3, about 3.5, about 4, about 4.5, about 5, about 5.5, about 6, about 6.5, about 7, about 7.5, or about 8 hours and use of about 1.5, about 2, about 2.5, about 3, about 3.5, about 4, about 4.5, about 5, about 5.5, about 6, about 6.5., about 7, about 7.5, about 8, about 8.5, about 9, about 9.5, or about 10 mg of a cholinesterase inhibitor, e.g., donepezil (Aricept®), for about 5, about 6, about 7, about 8, about 9, about 10, about 11, about 12, about 13, about 14, about 15, about 16, about 17, about 18, about 19, or about 20 weeks.
- In one embodiment, a subject greater than about 18 years of age and having an ophthalmic disorder, such as ambylopia, has the unaffected eye patched for about 2 hours per day and is administered about 5 mg of a cholinesterase cholinesterase inhibitor, e.g., donepezil (Aricept®) for 12 weeks.
- As described herein, an increase of Lynx1 expression prevents neural plasticity, i.e., neural plasticity in the primary visual cortex, late in life as well as enhanced nicotinic acetylcholine receptor signaling. Accordingly, moieties which modulate, e.g., inhibit, Linx1 expression and/or activity and/or molecules which enhance nicotinic acetylcholine receptor signaling, e.g., cholinesterase inhibitors, are useful in the methods of the invention.
- In one embodiment, a moiety for use in the methods of the invention is an inhibitory moiety. In one embodiment, an inhibitory moiety is a small molecule, e.g., a small molecule cholinesterase inhibitor. In another embodiment, an inhibitory moiety for use in the methods of the invention is an intracellular binding molecule that acts to specifically inhibit the expression, stability, and/or activity of Lynx1. In another embodiment, an inhibitory moiety for use in the methods of the invention of the invention is a nucleic acid molecule which acts to specifically decrease the expression, stability, and/or activity of
Lynx 1. In yet another embodiment, a stimulatory moiety for use in the methods of the invention of the invention is a nucleic acid molecule which acts to specifically increase the expression, stability. and/or activity ofLynx 1. - As used herein, the term “intracellular binding molecule” is intended to include molecules that act intracellularly to inhibit the expression or activity of a protein by binding to the protein or to a nucleic acid (e.g., an mRNA molecule) that encodes the protein. Examples of intracellular binding molecules, described in further detail below, include inhibitory nucleic acids, siRNA molecules, intracellular antibodies, peptidic compounds that inhibit the interaction of Lynx1 with a target molecule (e.g., a nicotinic acetylcholine receptor, e.g., α4β2 heteromers or c′ homomers), and chemical agents that specifically inhibit Lynx1 activity.
- The moieties can also be linked or conjugated with agents that provide desirable pharmaceutical or pharmacodynamic properties. For example, a moiety can be stably linked to a polymer such as polyethylene glycol to obtain desirable properties of solubility, stability, half-life and other pharmaceutically advantageous properties. (See for example Davis et al., 1978, Enzyme Eng 4: 169-73; Burnham, 1994, Am J Hosp Pharm 51: 210-218, which are incorporated by reference).
- Furthermore, a moiety can be in a composition which aids in delivery into the cytosol of a cell. For example, the moiety may be conjugated with a carrier moiety such as a liposome that is capable of delivering the peptide into the cytosol of a cell. Such methods are well known in the art (for example see Amselem et al., 1993, Chem Phys Lipids 64: 219-237, which is incorporated by reference). Alternatively, the moiety can be modified to include specific transit peptides or fused to such transit peptides which are capable of delivering the inhibitory agent into a cell. In addition, the moiety can be delivered directly into a cell by microinjection.
- The compositions are usually employed in the form of pharmaceutical preparations. Such preparations are made in a manner well known in the pharmaceutical art. One preferred preparation utilizes a vehicle of physiological saline solution, but it is contemplated that other pharmaceutically acceptable carriers such as physiological concentrations of other non-toxic salts, five percent aqueous glucose solution, sterile water or the like may also be used. As used herein “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the therapeutic compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions. It may also be desirable that a suitable buffer be present in the composition. Such solutions can, if desired, be lyophilized and stored in a sterile ampoule ready for reconstitution by the addition of sterile water for ready injection. The primary solvent can be aqueous or alternatively non-aqueous Inhibitory agents can also be incorporated into a solid or semi-solid biologically compatible matrix which can be implanted into tissues requiring treatment.
- In one embodiment, a moiety of the invention may be administered to a subject as a pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the invention is directed to an active compound (e.g., a inhibitor of Lynx1) and a carrier. Such compositions typically comprise the inhibitory agent, e.g., as described herein or as identified in a screening assay, e.g., as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and methods of administration to a subject are described herein.
- A pharmaceutical composition of the invention is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. For example, solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial compounds such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating compounds such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and compounds for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide. The parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
- Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. For intravenous administration, suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor EL™ (BASF, Parsippany, N.J.) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). In all cases, the composition will preferably be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It will preferably be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyetheylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal compounds, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic compounds, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an compound which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
- Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
- Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. They can be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash, wherein the compound in the fluid carrier is applied orally and swished and expectorated or swallowed. Pharmaceutically compatible binding compounds, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition. The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating compound such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening compound such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring compound such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
- In one embodiment, agents are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially from, e.g., Alza Corporation and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,522,811.
- A. Inhibitory Moieties
- i. Cholinesterase Inhibitors
- Cholinesterase inhibitors, also referred to as acetylcholinesterase inhibitors are known in the art. Non-limiting examples of a cholinesterase inhibitors for use in the methods of the invention include donepezil (Aricept™), galantamine (Razadyne™), rivastigmine (Exelon™), Tetrahydroaminoacridine (tacrine) (brand name Cognex™). Other non-limiting examples of cholinesterase inhibitors or acetylcholinesterase inhibitors include any of the following compounds as well as their analogs and pharmaceutically acceptable salts: huperzine A, Green mamba snake (Dendroaspis angusticeps) toxin fasciculin, metrifonate, heptyl-physostigmine, pyridostigmine, norpyridostigmine, norneostigmine, physostigmine, velnacrine, citicoline, metrifonate, 7-methoxytacrine, eptastigmine, icopezil, ipidacrine, zifrosilone, anseculin, suronacrine, linopiridine, rivastigmine, neostigmine, edrophonium, edrophonium chloride, demacarium ambenonium, physostigmine saliclate, physostigmine sulfate, physostigmine bromide, pralidoxime chloride, obidoxime chloride, trimedoxime bromide, and diacetyl monoxim.
- ii. Interfering Nucleic Acid Molecules
- The term “interfering nucleic acid molecule” or “interfering nucleic acid” as used herein includes single-stranded RNA (e.g., mature miRNA, ssRNAi oligonucleotides, ssDNAi oligonucleotides), double-stranded RNA (i.e., duplex RNA such as siRNA, Dicer-substrate dsRNA, shRNA, aiRNA, or pre-miRNA), self-delivering RNA (sdRNA; see, e.g, U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 200913120341, 200913120315, and 201113069780, the entire contents of all of which are incorporated herein by reference), a DNA-RNA hybrid (see, e.g., PCT Publication No. WO 2004/078941), or a DNA-DNA hybrid (see, e.g., PCT Publication No. WO 2004/104199) that is capable of reducing or inhibiting the expression (and, thus, the activity) of a target gene or sequence (e.g., by mediating the degradation or inhibiting the translation of mRNAs which are complementary to the interfering RNA sequence) when the interfering nucleic acid is in the same cell as the target gene or sequence. Interfering nucleic acid thus refers to a single-stranded nucleic acid molecules that are complementary to a target mRNA sequence or to the double-stranded RNA formed by two complementary strands or by a single, self-complementary strand. Interfering nucleic acids may have substantial or complete identity to the target gene or sequence, or may comprise a region of mismatch (i.e., a mismatch motif). The sequence of the interfering nucleic acids can correspond to the full-length target gene, or a subsequence thereof (e.g., the gene for Lynx1, the sequence of which is provided in, for example, SEQ ID NOs.:1-10). Preferably, the interfering nucleic acid molecules are chemically synthesized. The disclosures of each of the above patent documents are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes.
- As used herein, the term “mismatch motif” or “mismatch region” refers to a portion of an interfering nucleic acid (e.g., siRNA) sequence that does not have 100% complementarity to its target sequence. An interfering nucleic acid may have at least one, two, three, four, five, six, or more mismatch regions. The mismatch regions may be contiguous or may be separated by 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, or more nucleotides. The mismatch motifs or regions may comprise a single nucleotide or may comprise two, three, four, five, or more nucleotides.
- An interfering nucleic acid comprises a nucleotide sequence which is complementary to a “sense” nucleic acid encoding a protein, e.g., complementary to the coding strand of a double-stranded cDNA molecule, complementary to an mRNA sequence or complementary to the coding strand of a gene. Accordingly, an interfering nucleic acid is an antisense nucleic acid and can hydrogen bond to the sense nucleic acid.
- In one embodiment, an interfering nucleic acid of the invention is a “small-interfering RNA” or “an siRNA” molecule. In another embodiment, an interfering nucleic acid molecules of the invention is a “self-delivering RNA” or “sdRNA” molecule. In one embodiment, an interfering nucleic acid of the invention mediates RNAi. RNA interference (RNAi) is a post-transcriptional, targeted gene-silencing technique that uses double-stranded RNA (dsRNA) to degrade messenger RNA (mRNA) containing the same sequence as the dsRNA (Sharp, P. A. and Zamore, P. D. 287, 2431-2432 (2000); Zamore, P. D., et al. Cell 101, 25-33 (2000). Tuschl, T. et al. Genes Dev. 13, 3191-3197 (1999); Cottrell T R, and Doering T L. 2003. Trends Microbiol. 11:37-43; Bushman F. 2003. Mol. Therapy. 7:9-10; McManus M T and Sharp P A. 2002. Nat Rev Genet. 3:737-47). The process occurs when an endogenous ribonuclease cleaves the longer dsRNA into shorter, e.g., 21- or 22-nucleotide-long RNAs, termed small interfering RNAs or siRNAs. The smaller RNA segments then mediate the degradation of the target mRNA. Kits for synthesis of RNAi are commercially available from, e.g. New England Biolabs or Ambion. In one embodiment one or more of the chemistries described herein for use in antisense RNA can be employed in molecules that mediate RNAi.
- Interfering nucleic acid includes, e.g., siRNA and sdRNA, of about 10-60, 10-50, or 10-40 (duplex) nucleotides in length, more typically about 8-15, 10-30, 10-25, or 10-25 (duplex) nucleotides in length, about 10-24, (duplex) nucleotides in length (e.g., each complementary sequence of the double-stranded siRNA is 10-60, 10-50, 10-40, 10-30, 10-25, or 10-25 nucleotides in length, about 10-24, 11-22, or 11-23 nucleotides in length, and the double-stranded siRNA is about 10-60, 10-50, 10-40, 10-30, 10-25, or 10-25 base pairs in length). siRNA and sdRNA duplexes may comprise 3′-overhangs of about 1 to about 6 nucleotides and 5′-phosphate termini Examples of siRNA and sdRNA include, without limitation, a double-stranded polynucleotide molecule assembled from two separate stranded molecules, wherein one strand is the sense strand and the other is the complementary antisense strand; a double-stranded polynucleotide molecule assembled from a single stranded molecule, where the sense and antisense regions are linked by a nucleic acid-based or non-nucleic acid-based linker; a double-stranded polynucleotide molecule with a hairpin secondary structure having self-complementary sense and antisense regions; and a circular single-stranded polynucleotide molecule with two or more loop structures and a stem having self-complementary sense and antisense regions, where the circular polynucleotide can be processed in vivo or in vitro to generate an active double-stranded siRNA (or sdRNA) molecule. As used herein, the terms “siRNA” and “sdRNA’ include RNA-RNA duplexes as well as DNA-RNA hybrids (see, e.g., PCT Publication No. WO 2004/078941).
- Preferably, siRNA and sdRNA are chemically synthesized. siRNA and sdRNA can also be generated by cleavage of longer dsRNA (e.g., dsRNA about 5, about 10, about 15, about 20, about 25, or greater nucleotides in length) with the E. coli RNase III or Dicer. These enzymes process the dsRNA into biologically active siRNA (see, e.g., Yang et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 99:9942-9947 (2002); Calegari et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 99:14236 (2002); Byrom et al., Ambion TechNotes, 10(1):4-6 (2003); Kawasaki et al., Nucleic Acids Res., 31:981-987 (2003); Knight et al., Science, 293:2269-2271 (2001); and Robertson et al., J. Biol. Chem., 243:82 (1968)). Preferably, dsRNA are at least 50 nucleotides to about 100, 200, 300, 400, or 500 nucleotides in length. A dsRNA may be as long as 1000, 1500, 2000, 5000 nucleotides in length, or longer. The dsRNA can encode for an entire gene transcript or a partial gene transcript. In certain instances, siRNA or sdRNA may be encoded by a plasmid (e.g., transcribed as sequences that automatically fold into duplexes with hairpin loops).
- Given the coding strand sequences encoding Lynx1 known in the art and disclosed herein, an interfering nucleic acids of the invention can be designed according to the rules of Watson and Crick base pairing. The interfering nucleic acid molecule can be complementary to the entire coding region of Lynx1 mRNA, but more preferably is an oligonucleotide which is antisense to only a portion of the coding or noncoding region of Lynx1 mRNA. For example, an interfering oligonucleotide can be complementary to the region surrounding the processing site of ubiquitin and Lynx1 mRNA. An interfering RNA oligonucleotide can be, for example, about 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45 or 50 nucleotides in length. An interfering nucleic acid of the invention can be constructed using chemical synthesis and enzymatic ligation reactions using procedures known in the art. For example, an interfering nucleic acid (e.g., an antisense oligonucleotide) can be chemically synthesized using naturally occurring nucleotides or variously modified nucleotides designed to increase the biological stability of the molecules or to increase the physical stability of the duplex formed between the antisense and sense nucleic acids, e.g., phosphorothioate derivatives and acridine substituted nucleotides can be used. Examples of modified nucleotides which can be used to generate the interfering nucleic acids include 5-fluorouracil, 5-bromouracil, 5-chlorouracil, 5-iodouracil, hypoxanthine, xantine, 4-acetylcytosine, 5-(carboxyhydroxylmethyl) uracil, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thiouridine, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyluracil, dihydrouracil, beta-D-galactosylqueosine, inosine, N6-isopentenyladenine, 1-methylguanine, 1-methylinosine, 2,2-dimethylguanine, 2-methyladenine, 2-methylguanine, 3-methylcytosine, 5-methylcytosine, N6-adenine, 7-methylguanine, 5-methylaminomethyluracil, 5-methoxyaminomethyl-2-thiouracil, beta-D-mannosylqueosine, 5′-methoxycarboxymethyluracil, 5-methoxyuracil, 2-methylthio-N6-isopentenyladenine, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid (v), wybutoxosine, pseudouracil, queosine, 2-thiocytosine, 5-methyl-2-thiouracil, 2-thiouracil, 4-thiouracil, 5-methyluracil, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid methylester, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid (v), 5-methyl-2-thiouracil, 3-(3-amino-3-N-2-carboxypropyl) uracil, (acp3)w, and 2,6-diaminopurine. To inhibit expression in cells, one or more interfering nucleic acid molecules can be used. Alternatively, the an interfering nucleic acid can be produced biologically using an expression vector into which a nucleic acid has been subcloned in an antisense orientation (i.e., RNA transcribed from the inserted nucleic acid will be of an antisense orientation to a target nucleic acid of interest).
- In yet another embodiment, an interfering nucleic acid molecule of the invention is an α-anomeric nucleic acid molecule. An α-anomeric nucleic acid molecule forms specific double-stranded hybrids with complementary RNA in which, contrary to the usual β-units, the strands run parallel to each other (Gaultier et al. (1987) Nucleic Acids. Res. 15:6625-6641). The interfering nucleic acid molecule can also comprise a 2′-O-methylribonucleotide (Inoue et al. (1987) Nucleic Acids Res. 15:6131-6148) or a chimeric RNA-DNA analogue (Inoue et al. (1987) FEBS Lett. 215:327-330).
- In still another embodiment, an interfering nucleic acid of the invention is a ribozyme. Ribozymes are catalytic RNA molecules with ribonuclease activity which are capable of cleaving a single-stranded nucleic acid, such as an mRNA, to which they have a complementary region. Thus, ribozymes (e.g., hammerhead ribozymes (described in Haselhoff and Gerlach, 1988, Nature 334:585-591) can be used to catalytically cleave Lynx1 mRNA transcripts to thereby inhibit translation of Lynx1 mRNA. A ribozyme having specificity for a Lynx1-encoding nucleic acid can be designed based upon the nucleotide sequence of Lynx1. For example, a derivative of a Tetrahymena L-19 IVS RNA can be constructed in which the nucleotide sequence of the active site is complementary to the nucleotide sequence to be cleaved in a Lynx1-encoding mRNA. See, e.g., Cech et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,987,071; and Cech et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,116,742. Alternatively, Lynx1 mRNA can be used to select a catalytic RNA having a specific ribonuclease activity from a pool of RNA molecules. See, e.g., Bartel, D. and Szostak, J. W., 1993, Science 261:1411-1418.
- Alternatively, gene expression can be inhibited by targeting nucleotide sequences complementary to the regulatory region of Lynx1 (e.g., the ubiquitin/Lynx1 promoter and/or enhancers) to form triple helical structures that prevent transcription of the ubiquitin/Lynx1 gene in target cells. See generally, Helene, C., 1991, Anticancer Drug Des. 6(6):569-84; Helene, C. et al., 1992, Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 660:27-36; and Maher, L. J., 1992, Bioassays 14(12):807-15.
- In yet another embodiment, the inhibitory nucleic acid molecules of the present invention can be modified at the base moiety, sugar moiety or phosphate backbone to improve, e.g., the stability, hybridization, or solubility of the molecule. For example, the deoxyribose phosphate backbone of the nucleic acid molecules can be modified to generate peptide nucleic acids (see Hyrup B. et al., 1996, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry 4 (1): 5-23). As used herein, the terms “peptide nucleic acids” or “PNAs” refer to nucleic acid mimics, e.g., DNA mimics, in which the deoxyribose phosphate backbone is replaced by a pseudopeptide backbone and only the four natural nucleobases are retained. The neutral backbone of PNAs has been shown to allow for specific hybridization to DNA and RNA under conditions of low ionic strength. The synthesis of PNA oligomers can be performed using standard solid phase peptide synthesis protocols as described in Hyrup B. et al., 1996, supra; Perry-O'Keefe et al., 1996, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93: 14670-675.
- In another embodiment, PNAs of Lynx1 can be modified, (e.g., to enhance their stability or cellular uptake), by attaching lipophilic or other helper groups to PNA, by the formation of PNA-DNA chimeras, or by the use of liposomes or other techniques of drug delivery known in the art. For example, PNA-DNA chimeras of Lynx1 nucleic acid molecules can be generated which may combine the advantageous properties of PNA and DNA. Such chimeras allow DNA recognition enzymes, (e.g., RNAse H and DNA polymerases), to interact with the DNA portion while the PNA portion would provide high binding affinity and specificity. PNA-DNA chimeras can be linked using linkers of appropriate lengths selected in terms of base stacking, number of bonds between the nucleobases, and orientation (Hyrup B., 1996, supra). The synthesis of PNA-DNA chimeras can be performed as described in Hyrup B., 1996, supra and Finn P. J. et al., 1996, Nucleic Acids Res. 24 (17): 3357-63. For example, a DNA chain can be synthesized on a solid support using standard phosphoramidite coupling chemistry and modified nucleoside analogs, e.g., 5′-(4-methoxytrityl)amino-5′-deoxy-thymidine phosphoramidite, can be used as a between the PNA and the 5′ end of DNA Gag, M. et al., 1989, Nucleic Acid Res. 17: 5973-88). PNA monomers are then coupled in a stepwise manner to produce a chimeric molecule with a 5′ PNA segment and a 3′ DNA segment (Finn P. J. et al., 1996, supra). Alternatively, chimeric molecules can be synthesized with a 5′ DNA segment and a 3′ PNA segment (Peterser, K. H. et al., 1975, Bioorganic Med. Chem. Lett. 5: 1119-11124).
- In other embodiments, the interfering nucleic acid may include other appended groups such as peptides (e.g., for targeting host cell receptors in vivo), or agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane (see, e.g., Letsinger et al., 1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:6553-6556; Lemaitre et al., 1987, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84:648-652; PCT Publication No. WO88/09810) or the blood-brain bather (see, e.g., PCT Publication No. WO89/10134). In addition, oligonucleotides can be modified with hybridization-triggered cleavage agents (See, e.g., Krol et al., 1988, Bio-Techniques 6:958-976) or intercalating agents. (See, e.g., Zon, 1988, Pharm. Res. 5:539-549). To this end, the oligonucleotide may be conjugated to another molecule, (e.g., a peptide, a lipophillic group, hybridization triggered cross-linking agent, transport agent, or hybridization-triggered cleavage agent).
- Interfering polynucleotides may be produced from a heterologous expression cassette in a transfectant cell or transgenic cell. Alternatively, the antisense polynucleotides may comprise soluble oligonucleotides that are administered to the external milieu, either in the culture medium in vitro or in the circulatory system or in interstitial fluid in vivo. Soluble antisense polynucleotides present in the external milieu have been shown to gain access to the cytoplasm and inhibit translation of specific mRNA species.
- iii. Intracellular Antibodies
- Another type of inhibitory compound or agent that can be used to inhibit the expression and/or activity of Lynx1 protein in a cell is an intracellular antibody specific for Lynx1. The use of intracellular antibodies to inhibit protein function in a cell is known in the art (see e.g., Carlson, J. R. (1988) Mol. Cell. Biol. 8:2638-2646; Biocca, S. et al. (1990) EMBO J. 9:101-108; Werge, T. M. et al. (1990) FEBS Letters 274:193-198; Carlson, J. R. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:7427-7428; Marasco, W. A. et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:7889-7893; Biocca, S. et al. (1994) Bio/Technology 12:396-399; Chen, S-Y. et al. (1994) Human Gene Therapy 5:595-601; Duan, L et al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:5075-5079; Chen, S-Y. et al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:5932-5936; Beerli, R. R. et al. (1994) J. Biol. Chem. 269:23931-23936; Beerli, R. R. et al. (1994) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 204:666-672; Mhashilkar, A. M. et al. (1995) EMBO J. 14:1542-1551; Richardson, J. H. et al. (1995) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92:3137-3141; PCT Publication No. WO 94/02610 by Marasco et al. and PCT Publication No. WO 95/03832 by Duan et al.).
- To inhibit protein activity using an intracellular antibody, a recombinant expression vector is prepared which encodes the antibody chains in a form such that, upon introduction of the vector into a cell, the antibody chains are expressed as a functional antibody in an intracellular compartment of the cell.
- To prepare an intracellular antibody expression vector, antibody light and heavy chain cDNAs encoding antibody chains specific for the target protein of interest, e.g., Lynx1 protein, is isolated, typically from a hybridoma that secretes a monoclonal antibody specific for Lynx1 protein. Anti-Lynx1 protein antibodies can be prepared by immunizing a suitable subject, (e.g., rabbit, goat, mouse or other mammal) with a Lynx1 protein immunogen. An appropriate immunogenic preparation can contain, for example, recombinantly expressed Lynx1 protein or a chemically synthesized Lynx1 peptide. The preparation can further include an adjuvant, such as Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant, or similar immunostimulatory compound. Antibody-producing cells can be obtained from the subject and used to prepare monoclonal antibodies by standard techniques, such as the hybridoma technique originally described by Kohler and Milstein (1975, Nature 256:495-497) (see also, Brown et al. (1981) J Immunol 127:539-46; Brown et al. (1980) J Biol Chem 255:4980-83; Yeh et al. (1976) PNAS 76:2927-31; and Yeh et al. (1982) Int. J. Cancer 29:269-75). The technology for producing monoclonal antibody hybridomas is well known (see generally R. H. Kenneth, in Monoclonal Antibodies: A New Dimension In Biological Analyses, Plenum Publishing Corp., New York, N.Y. (1980); E. A. Lerner (1981) Yale J. Biol. Med., 54:387-402; M. L. Gefter et al. (1977) Somatic Cell Genet., 3:231-36). Briefly, an immortal cell line (typically a myeloma) is fused to lymphocytes (typically splenocytes) from a mammal immunized with a Lynx1 protein immunogen as described above, and the culture supernatants of the resulting hybridoma cells are screened to identify a hybridoma producing a monoclonal antibody that binds specifically to the Lynx1 protein. Any of the many well known protocols used for fusing lymphocytes and immortalized cell lines can be applied for the purpose of generating an anti-Lynx1 protein monoclonal antibody (see, e.g., G. Galfre et al. (1977) Nature, 266:550-52; Gefter et al. Somatic Cell Genet., cited supra; Lerner, Yale J. Biol. Med., cited supra; Kenneth, Monoclonal Antibodies, cited supra). Moreover, the ordinary skilled artisan will appreciate that there are many variations of such methods which also would be useful. Typically, the immortal cell line (e.g., a myeloma cell line) is derived from the same mammalian species as the lymphocytes. For example, murine hybridomas can be made by fusing lymphocytes from a mouse immunized with an immunogenic preparation of the present invention with an immortalized mouse cell line. Preferred immortal cell lines are mouse myeloma cell lines that are sensitive to culture medium containing hypoxanthine, aminopterin and thymidine (“HAT medium”). Any of a number of myeloma cell lines may be used as a fusion partner according to standard techniques, e.g., the P3-NS1/1-Ag4-1, P3-x63-Ag8.653 or Sp2/O-Ag14 myeloma lines. These myeloma lines are available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), Rockville, Md. Typically, HAT-sensitive mouse myeloma cells are fused to mouse splenocytes using polyethylene glycol (“PEG”). Hybridoma cells resulting from the fusion are then selected using HAT medium, which kills unfused and unproductively fused myeloma cells (unfused splenocytes die after several days because they are not transformed). Hybridoma cells producing a monoclonal antibody that specifically binds the maf protein are identified by screening the hybridoma culture supernatants for such antibodies, e.g., using a standard ELISA assay.
- Alternative to preparing monoclonal antibody-secreting hybridomas, a monoclonal antibody that binds to Lynx1 can be identified and isolated by screening a recombinant combinatorial immunoglobulin library (e.g. an antibody phage display library) with the protein, or a peptide thereof, to thereby isolate immunoglobulin library members that bind specifically to the protein. Kits for generating and screening phage display libraries are commercially available (e.g., the Pharmacia Recombinant Phage Antibody System; and the Stratagene SurfZAP™ Phage Display Kit). Additionally, examples of methods and compounds particularly amenable for use in generating and screening antibody display library can be found in, for example, Ladner et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409; Kang et al. International Publication No. WO 92/18619; Dower et al. International Publication No. WO 91/17271; Winter et al. International Publication WO 92/20791; Markland et al. International Publication No. WO 92/15679; Breitling et al. International Publication WO 93/01288; McCafferty et al. International Publication No. WO 92/01047; Garrard et al. International Publication No. WO 92/09690; Fuchs et al. (1991) Bio/Technology 9:1370-1372; Hay et al. (1992) Hum Antibod Hybridomas 3:81-85; Huse et al. (1989) Science 246:1275-1281; Griffiths et al. (1993) EMBO J. 12:725-734; Hawkins et al. (1992) J Mol Biol 226:889-896; Clarkson et al. (1991) Nature 352:624-628; Gram et al. (1992) PNAS 89:3576-3580; Garrad et al. (1991) Bio/Technology 9:1373-1377; Hoogenboom et al. (1991) Nuc Acid Res 19:4133-4137; Barbas et al. (1991) PNAS 88:7978-7982; and McCafferty et al. Nature (1990) 348:552-554.
- Once a monoclonal antibody of interest specific for Lynx1 has been identified (e.g., either a hybridoma-derived monoclonal antibody or a recombinant antibody from a combinatorial library, including monoclonal antibodies to Lynx1 that are already known in the art), DNAs encoding the light and heavy chains of the monoclonal antibody are isolated by standard molecular biology techniques. For hybridoma derived antibodies, light and heavy chain cDNAs can be obtained, for example, by PCR amplification or cDNA library screening. For recombinant antibodies, such as from a phage display library, cDNA encoding the light and heavy chains can be recovered from the display package (e.g., phage) isolated during the library screening process. Nucleotide sequences of antibody light and heavy chain genes from which PCR primers or cDNA library probes can be prepared are known in the art. For example, many such sequences are disclosed in Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242 and in the “Vbase” human germline sequence database.
- Once obtained, the antibody light and heavy chain sequences are cloned into a recombinant expression vector using standard methods. As discussed above, the sequences encoding the hydrophobic leaders of the light and heavy chains are removed and sequences encoding a nuclear localization signal (e.g., from SV40 Large T antigen) are linked in-frame to sequences encoding either the amino- or carboxy terminus of both the light and heavy chains. The expression vector can encode an intracellular antibody in one of several different forms. For example, in one embodiment, the vector encodes full-length antibody light and heavy chains such that a full-length antibody is expressed intracellularly. In another embodiment, the vector encodes a full-length light chain but only the VH/CH1 region of the heavy chain such that a Fab fragment is expressed intracellularly. In the most preferred embodiment, the vector encodes a single chain antibody (scFv) wherein the variable regions of the light and heavy chains are linked by a flexible peptide linker and expressed as a single chain molecule. To inhibit transcription factor activity in a cell, the expression vector encoding the Lynx1-specific intracellular antibody is introduced into the cell by standard transfection methods as described hereinbefore.
- In another embodiment, an inhibitory compound of the invention is a peptidic compound derived from the Lynx1 amino acid sequence (e.g., the sequences disclosed herein as SEQ ID NOs.:1-10). In particular, the inhibitory compound comprises a portion of Lynx1 (or a mimetic thereof) that mediates interaction of Lynx1 with a target molecule such that contact of Lynx1 with this peptidic compound competitively inhibits the interaction of Lynx1 with the target molecule. Exemplary Lynx1 target molecules include neuronal acetylcholine receptors, such as, α4β2 and α7 subunit-containing nicotinic acetycholine receptors.
- The peptidic compounds of the invention can be made intracellularly in cells by introducing into the cells an expression vector encoding the peptide. Such expression vectors can be made by standard techniques. The peptide can be expressed in intracellularly as a fusion with another protein or peptide (e.g., a GST fusion). Alternative to recombinant synthesis of the peptides in the cells, the peptides can be made by chemical synthesis using standard peptide synthesis techniques. Synthesized peptides can then be introduced into cells by a variety of means known in the art for introducing peptides into cells (e.g., liposome and the like).
- Other inhibitory agents that can be used to specifically inhibit the activity of an Lynx1 protein are chemical compounds that directly inhibit Lynx1 activity or inhibit the interaction between Lynx1 and target molecules. Such compounds can be identified using screening assays that select for such compounds, as described in detail below.
- B. Stimulatory Agents
- In the stimulatory methods of the invention, a moiety which increases the expression and/or activity of Lynx1 may be used. Examples of such stimulatory agents include proteins, nucleic acid molecules, e.g., expression vectors comprising nucleic acid molecules, and chemical agents that stimulate expression and/or activity of Lynx1 in a cell.
- As used herein, the term “nucleic acid molecule” is intended to include DNA molecules (e.g., cDNA or genomic DNA) and RNA molecules (e.g., mRNA) and analogs of the DNA or RNA generated using nucleotide analogs. The nucleic acid molecule can be single-stranded or double-stranded, but preferably is double-stranded DNA. A nucleic acid molecule used in the methods of the present invention can be isolated using standard molecular biology techniques. Using all or portion of a nucleic acid sequence of interest as a hybridization probe, nucleic acid molecules can be isolated using standard hybridization and cloning techniques (e.g., as described in Sambrook, J., Fritsh, E. F., and Maniatis, T. Molecular Cloning. A Laboratory Manual. 2nd, ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989).
- An “isolated” nucleic acid molecule is one which is separated from other nucleic acid molecules which are present in the natural source of the nucleic acid. For example, with regards to genomic DNA, the term “isolated” includes nucleic acid molecules which are separated from the chromosome with which the genomic DNA is naturally associated. Preferably, an “isolated” nucleic acid molecule is free of sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid molecule (i.e., sequences located at the 5′ and 3′ ends of the nucleic acid molecule) in the genomic DNA of the organism from which the nucleic acid molecule is derived.
- A nucleic acid molecule for use in the methods of the invention can also be isolated by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) using synthetic oligonucleotide primers designed based upon the sequence of a nucleic acid molecule of interest. A nucleic acid molecule used in the methods of the invention can be amplified using cDNA, mRNA or, alternatively, genomic DNA as a template and appropriate oligonucleotide primers according to standard PCR amplification techniques. Furthermore, oligonucleotides corresponding to nucleotide sequences of interest can be prepared by standard synthetic techniques, e.g., using an automated DNA synthesizer.
- The nucleic acids for use in the methods of the invention can also be prepared, e.g., by standard recombinant DNA techniques. A nucleic acid of the invention can also be chemically synthesized using standard techniques. Various methods of chemically synthesizing polydeoxynucleotides are known, including solid-phase synthesis which has been automated in commercially available DNA synthesizers (See e.g., Itakura et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,598,049; Caruthers et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,458,066; and Itakura U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,401,796 and 4,373,071, incorporated by reference herein).
- A preferred stimulatory agent is a nucleic acid molecule encoding a Lynx1 protein. For example, a cDNA (full length or partial cDNA sequence) is cloned into a recombinant expression vector and the vector is transfected into cells using standard molecular biology techniques. The cDNA can be obtained, for example, by amplification using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) or by screening an appropriate cDNA library.
- Following isolation or amplification of a cDNA, the DNA fragment is introduced into a suitable expression vector. For example, nucleic acid molecules encoding a protein of interest in the form suitable for expression of the protein in a host cell, can be prepared using nucleotide sequences based on the nucleic acid sequence of a nucleic acid molecule encoding the protein of interest.
- In one embodiment, a stimulatory agent can be present in an inducible construct. In another embodiment, a stimulatory agent can be present in a construct which leads to constitutive expression.
- In one embodiment, the nucleic acid molecules of the invention may be delivered to cells, e.g., neuronal cells, or to subjects using a viral vector, preferably one whose use for gene therapy is well known in the art. Techniques for the formation of vectors or virions are generally described in “Working Toward Human Gene Therapy,” Chapter 28 in Recombinant DNA, 2nd Ed., Watson, J. D. et al., eds., New York: Scientific American Books, pp. 567-581 (1992). An overview of suitable viral vectors or virions is provided in Wilson, J. M., Clin. Exp. Immunol. 107(Suppl. 1):31-32 (1997), as well as Nakanishi, M., Crit. Rev. Therapeu. Drug Carrier Systems 12:263-310 (1995); Robbins, P. D., et al., Trends Biotechnol.16:35-40 (1998); Zhang, J., et al., Cancer Metastasis Rev. 15:385-401(1996); and Kramm, C. M., et al., Brain Pathology 5:345-381 (1995). Such vectors may be derived from viruses that contain RNA (Vile, R. G., et al., Br. Med Bull. 51:12-30 (1995)) or DNA (Ali M., et al., Gene Ther. 1:367-384 (1994)).
- Examples of viral vector systems utilized in the gene therapy art and, thus, suitable for use in the present invention, include the following: retroviruses (Vile, R. G., supra; U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,741,486 and 5,763,242); adenoviruses (Brody, S. L., et al., Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 716: 90-101 (1994); Heise, C. et al., Nat. Med. 3:639-645 (1997)); adenoviral/retroviral chimeras (Bilbao, G., et al., FASEB J. 11:624-634 (1997); Feng, M., et al., Nat. Biotechnol. 15:866-870 (1997)); adeno-associated viruses (Flotte, T. R. and Carter, B. J., Gene Ther. 2:357-362 (1995); U.S. Pat. No. 5,756,283); herpes simplex virus I or II (Latchman, D. S., Mol. Biotechnol. 2:179-195 (1994); U.S. Pat. No. 5,763,217; Chase, M., et al., Nature Biotechnol. 16:444-448 (1998)); parvovirus (Shaughnessy, E., et al., Semin Oncol. 23:159-171 (1996)); reticuloendotheliosis virus (Donburg, R., Gene Therap. 2:301-310 (1995)). Extrachromosomal replicating vectors may also be used in the gene therapy methods of the present invention. Such vectors are described in, for example, Calos, M. P. (1996) Trends Genet. 12:463-466, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Other viruses that can be used as vectors for gene delivery include poliovirus, papillomavirus, vaccinia virus, lentivirus, as well as hybrid or chimeric vectors incorporating favorable aspects of two or more viruses (Nakanishi, M. (1995) Crit. Rev. Therapeu. Drug Carrier Systems 12:263-310; Zhang, J., et al. (1996) Cancer Metastasis Rev. 15:385-401; Jacoby, D. R., et al. (1997) Gene Therapy 4:1281-1283).
- In one embodiment, a viral vector for use in the methods of the present invention is an AAV vector. In particular embodiments, the viral vector is an AAV2/5 or AAV2/8 vector. Such vectors are described in, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 7,056,502, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- The vector will include one or more promoters or enhancers, the selection of which will be known to those skilled in the art. Suitable promoters include, but are not limited to, the retroviral long terminal repeat (LTR), the SV40 promoter, the human cytomegalovirus (CMV) promoter, and other viral and eukaryotic cellular promoters known to the skilled artisan.
- Guidance in the construction of gene therapy vectors and the introduction thereof into affected animals for therapeutic purposes may be obtained in the above-referenced publications, as well as in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,631,236, 5,688,773, 5,691,177, 5,670,488, 5,529,774, 5,601,818, and PCT Publication No. WO 95/06486, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- Generally, methods are known in the art for viral infection of the cells of interest. The virus can be placed in contact with the neuronal cell of interest or alternatively, can be injected into a subject suffering from a disorder associated with neuronal cellular starvation.
- The nucleic acid molecules can also be delivered using non-viral methods for gene transfer, preferably those whose use in gene therapy is known in the art (Nakanishi, M., Crit. Rev. Therapeu. Drug Carrier Systems 12:263-310 (1995); Abdallah, B., et al., Biol Cell 85:1-7 (1995); Zhang, J., et al., Cancer Metastasis Rev. 15:385-401 (1996); Philips, S. C., Biologicals 23:13-16 (1995); Lee, R. J. and Huang, L., Crit. Rev. Ther. Drug Carrier Syst. 14:173-206 (1997)). Examples of such non-viral vectors for gene delivery include prokaryotic vectors, cationic liposomes, DNA-protein complexes, non-viral T7 autogene vectors (Chen, X., et al., Hum. Gene Ther. 9:729-736 (1998)), fusogenic liposomes, direct injection of nucleic acid (“naked DNA”), particle or receptor-mediated gene transfer, hybrid vectors such as DNA-adenovirus conjugates or other molecular conjugates involving a non-viral and viral component, starburstpolyamidoamine dendrimers (Kukowska-Latallo, J. F., et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 93:4897-4902 (1996); Tang, M. X., et al., Bioconjug. Chem. 7:703-714 (1996)), cationic peptides (Wyman, T. B., et al., Biochemistry 36:3008-3017 (1997)), mammalian artificial chromosomes (Ascenzioni, F., et al., Cancer Lett. 118:135-142 (1997)), and nanoparticles (Parker Read et al. J. Gene Med. 12:86-96 (2010); Frajo et al. PlosOne 1:E38 (2006).
- In addition, the present invention provides an embodiment of the foregoing methods wherein the nucleic acid molecules are delivered using any cellular vector, preferably one whose use for gene therapy is well-established for those skilled in the art. Examples of such cellular vectors for gene therapy include endothelial cells (Rancourt, C., et al., Clin. Cancer Res. 4:265-270 (1998); Qjeifo, J. O., et al., Cytokines Mol. Ther. 2:89-101 (1996)) and macrophages including tumor-infiltrating macrophages (Zufferey, R., et al., Nat. Biotechnol. 15:871-875 (1997); Naldini, L., et al., Science 272:263-267 (1996)), each of which may be modified using viral or non-viral vectors to carry the desired nucleic acid molecules, and thus express the desired gene products. Other suitable non-viral vectors will be readily apparent to the skilled artisan.
- Gene delivery can be enhanced by including an internal ribosome entry site (IRES) sequence to achieve coordinate expression of multiple genes on a bicistronic message. IRESs are sequences containing 500-600 by that are typical of the 5′ nontransduced regions of picornaviruses, including the polio- and encephalomyocarditis viruses (EMCV). See, e.g., Ghattas, I. R., et al., Molecular and Cellular Biology 11:5848-5859 (1991); Morgan, R. A., et al., Nucleic Acids Research 20:1293-1299 (1992). This approach has been used for efficient retroviral coexpression of the two subunits of interleukin-12 (Tahara, H., et al., J. Immunol. 154:6466-6474 (1995)). Similarly, a viral sequence, the picornavirus 2A sequence, can be used to create mRNAs encoding more than one protein. The viral 2A peptide is 16-20 amino acids and can be employed as a cleavage peptide located between two proteins of interest, where it promotes their cleavage into two separate proteins (Furler et al. Gene Ther. 8:864-873 (2001). Another alternative is for the vector to contain multiple genes under the control of distinct promoters.
- Agents that modulate Lynx1 activity can be known (e.g., Lynx1 interfering nucleic acid molecules, Lynx1 intracellular antibodies that interfere with Lynx1 activity, peptide inhibitors derived from Lynx1) or can be identified using the methods described herein. The invention provides methods (also referred to herein as “screening assays”) for identifying other modulators, i.e., candidate or test compounds or agents (e.g., peptidomimetics, small molecules or other drugs) which modulate Lynx1 activity and for testing or optimizing the activity of other agents.
- For example, in one embodiment, molecules which bind, e.g., to Lynx1 or a protein interacting with Lynx1, e.g., a nicotinic acetycholine receptor, or have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on the expression and/or activity of Lynx1 or a protein interacting with Lynx1 can be identified.
- In one embodiment, the ability of a compound to directly modulate the expression, post-translational modification, or activity of Lynx1 is measured in an indicator composition using a screening assay of the invention.
- Agents that are capable of inhibiting the expression, stability, and/or activity of
Lynx 1, as identified by the methods of the invention, are useful as candidate compounds useful to increase the neural plasticity of a subject in need thereof or to increase the neural plasticity of a population of neural cells. - For example, in one aspect, the present invention provides methods for identifying a compound useful for treating a subject that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity. The methods include providing an indicator composition, contacting the indicator composition with a test compound (or a plurality of test compounds), determining the effect of a test compound on the expression and/or activity of
Lynx 1, and selecting a compound which modulates the expression and/or activity ofLynx 1, thereby identifying a compound useful for treating a a subject that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity. - In another aspect, the present invention provides methods for identifying a compound useful for treating a subject that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity. The methods include administering a test compound (or a plurality of test compounds) to a non-human animal model of neural plasticity, determining the effect of a test compound on the expression and/or activity of Lynx1, and selecting a compound which modulates the expression and/or activity of
Lynx 1, thereby identifying a compound useful for treating a a subject that would benefit from an increase in neural plasticity. - Non-human animal models of neural plasticity, such as learning and memory, animal models of brain damage are known in the art and include, for example, monocular deprivation, surgical esotropia, optically induced concomitant strabismus, and optically induced incomitant strabismus models, sound-rearing, deafening, tactile stimulation, and motor training models.
- Examples of agents, candidate compounds or test compounds include, but are not limited to, nucleic acids (e.g., DNA and RNA), carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, peptides, peptidomimetics, small molecules and other drugs. Agents can be obtained using any of the numerous approaches in combinatorial library methods known in the art, including: biological libraries; spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries; synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution; the “one-bead one-compound” library method; and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection. The biological library approach is limited to peptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to peptide, non-peptide oligomer or small molecule libraries of compounds (Lam (1997) Anticancer Drug Des. 12:145; U.S. Pat. No. 5,738,996; and U.S. Pat. No. 5,807,683, each of which is incorporated herein in its entirety by reference).
- Examples of methods for the synthesis of molecular libraries can be found in the art, for example in: DeWitt et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6909; Erb et al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:11422; Zuckermann et al. (1994) J. Med. Chem. 37:2678; Cho et al. (1993) Science 261:1303; Carrell et al. (1994) Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 33:2059; Carell et al. (1994) Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 33:2061; and Gallop et al. (1994) J. Med. Chem. 37:1233, each of which is incorporated herein in its entirety by reference.
- Libraries of compounds may be presented, e.g., presented in solution (e.g., Houghten (1992) Bio/Techniques 13:412-421), or on beads (Lam (1991) Nature 354:82-84), chips (Fodor (1993) Nature 364:555-556), bacteria (U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409), spores (U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,571,698; 5,403,484; and 5,223,409), plasmids (Cull et al. (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:1865-1869) or phage (Scott and Smith (19900 Science 249:386-390; Devlin (1990) Science 249:404-406; Cwirla et al. (1990) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87:6378-6382; and Felici (1991) J. Mol. Biol. 222:301-310), each of which is incorporated herein in its entirety by reference.
- The indicator composition can be a cell that expresses the Lynx1 protein or a molecule with which Lynx1 directly interacts, for example, a cell that naturally expresses or has been engineered to express the protein(s) by introducing into the cell an expression vector encoding the protein.
- Alternatively, the indicator composition can be a cell-free composition that includes the protein(s) (e.g., a cell extract or a composition that includes e.g., either purified natural or recombinant protein).
- Compounds that modulate expression and/or activity of Lynx1, or a non-Lynx1 protein that interacts with Lynx1 can be identified using various “read-outs.”
- For example, an indicator cell can be transfected with an expression vector, incubated in the presence and in the absence of a test compound, and the effect of the compound on the expression of the molecule or on a biological response regulated by Lynx1 can be determined. The biological activities of Lynx1 include activities determined in vivo, or in vitro, according to standard techniques. Activity can be a direct activity, such as an association with a target molecule or binding partner. Alternatively, the activity is an indirect activity, such as an increase in visual evked potentials.
- To determine whether a test compound modulates Lynx1 protein expression, in vitro transcriptional assays can be performed.
- To determine whether a test compound modulates Lynx1 mRNA expression, various methodologies can be performed, such as quantitative or real-time PCR.
- A variety of reporter genes are known in the art and are suitable for use in the screening assays of the invention. Examples, of suitable reporter genes include those which encode chloramphenicol acetyltransferase, beta-galactosidase, alkaline phosphatase, green fluorescent protein, or luciferase. Standard methods for measuring the activity of these gene products are known in the art.
- A variety of cell types are suitable for use as an indicator cell in the screening assay. Preferably a cell line is used which expresses low levels of endogenous Lynx1 and is then engineered to express recombinant protein. Cells for use in the subject assays include eukaryotic cells. For example, in one embodiment, a cell is a fungal cell, such as a yeast cell. In another embodiment, a cell is a plant cell. In yet another embodiment, a cell is a vertebrate cell, e.g., an avian cell or a mammalian cell (e.g., a murine cell, or a human cell).
- The cells of the invention can express endogenous Lynx1 or can be engineered to do so. For example, a cell that has been engineered to express the Lynx1 protein can be produced by introducing into the cell an expression vector encoding the protein.
- Recombinant expression vectors that can be used for expression of, e.g., Lynx1, are known in the art. For example, the cDNA is first introduced into a recombinant expression vector using standard molecular biology techniques. A cDNA can be obtained, for example, by amplification using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) or by screening an appropriate cDNA library. The nucleotide sequences of cDNAs for or a molecule in a signal transduction pathway involving (e.g., human, murine and yeast) are known in the art and can be used for the design of PCR primers that allow for amplification of a cDNA by standard PCR methods or for the design of a hybridization probe that can be used to screen a cDNA library using standard hybridization methods.
- In another embodiment, the indicator composition is a cell free composition. Lynx1 expressed by recombinant methods in a host cells or culture medium can be isolated from the host cells, or cell culture medium using standard methods for protein purification. For example, ion-exchange chromatography, gel filtration chromatography, ultrafiltration, electrophoresis, and immunoaffinity purification with antibodies can be used to produce a purified or semi-purified protein that can be used in a cell free composition. Alternatively, a lysate or an extract of cells expressing the protein of interest can be prepared for use as cell-free composition.
- In one embodiment, compounds that specifically modulate Lynx1 activity or the activity of a molecule in a signal transduction pathway involving Lynx1 are identified based on their ability to modulate the interaction of Lynx1 with a target molecule to which Lynx1 binds. The target molecule can be a mRNA molecule or a protein molecule. Suitable assays are known in the art that allow for the detection of protein-protein interactions (e.g., immunoprecipitations, two-hybrid assays and the like) or that allow for the detection of interactions between Lynx1 and an mRNA (e.g., electrophoretic mobility shift assays, DNAse I footprinting assays and the like). By performing such assays in the presence and absence of test compounds, these assays can be used to identify compounds that modulate (e.g., inhibit or enhance) the activity of Lynx1 with a target molecule.
- Compounds identified in the subject screening assays can be used in methods of modulating one or more of the biological responses regulated by Lynx1. It will be understood that it may be desirable to formulate such compound(s) as pharmaceutical compositions (described supra) prior to contacting them with cells.
- Once a test compound is identified that directly or indirectly modulates, e.g., Lynx1 expression or activity by one of the variety of methods described hereinbefore, the selected test compound (or “compound of interest”) can then be further evaluated for its effect on cells, for example by contacting the compound of interest with cells either in vivo (e.g., by administering the compound of interest to an organis) or ex vivo (e.g., by isolating cells from an organism and contacting the isolated cells with the compound of interest or, alternatively, by contacting the compound of interest with a cell line) and determining the effect of the compound of interest on the cells, as compared to an appropriate control (such as untreated cells or cells treated with a control compound, or carrier, that does not modulate the biological response).
- In another aspect, the invention pertains to a combination of two or more of the assays described herein. For example, a modulating agent can be identified using a cell-based or a cell-free assay, and the ability of the agent to modulate the activity of Lynx1 or a protein with which Lynx1 interacts can be confirmed in vivo, e.g., in an animal, such as, for example, an animal model for, e.g., neural plasticity.
- Moreover, a modulator of Lynx1 or a molecule in a signaling pathway involving Lynx1 identified as described herein (e.g., an antisense nucleic acid molecule, or a specific antibody, or a small molecule) can be used in an animal model to determine the efficacy, toxicity, or side effects of treatment with such a modulator. Alternatively, a modulator identified as described herein can be used in an animal model to determine the mechanism of action of such a modulator.
- In another embodiment, it will be understood that similar screening assays can be used to identify compounds that indirectly modulate the activity and/or expression of Lynx1 e.g., by performing screening assays such as those described above using molecules with which Lynx1 interacts, e.g., molecules that act either upstream or downstream of Lynx1 during the critical period of neural plasticity.
- The instant invention also pertains to compounds identified in the subject screening assays.
- Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs.
- It is to be understood that this invention is not limited to particular assay methods, or test agents and experimental conditions described, as such methods and agents may vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to be limiting.
- The present invention is further illustrated by the following examples, which should not be construed as further limiting. The contents of all figures and all references, patents and published patent applications cited throughout this application, as well as the Figures, are expressly incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
- The following Materials and Methods were used in the examples below.
- Animals
- Wild-type (C57Bl/6; SLC Japan, and Charles River USA) and lynx1 knockout (KO) mice (J. M. Miwa et al., Neuron, 51: 587 (2006)) were used. Light-reared (LR) animals were raised from birth on a 12-hour light/dark (L/D) cycle to various postnatal ages. N=3 to 7 mice were used per experimental condition for quantitative Western Blotting or immunohistochemistry.
- Quantitative RT-PCR
- Lynx1,2 mRNA and β-actin mRNA were quantified by real-time PCR using commercially available gene-specific primers and TaqMan gene expression assay (Applied Biosystems).
- In Situ Hybridization
- Mouse cDNA fragments of lynx1, lynx2, nAchR 132, PV, or GAD65 were amplified by PCR. Probes were synthesized using T3/T7 RNA polymerase (Roche) labeled with digoxigenin or fluorescein and hybridized to frozen sections. To amplify the signal, probes were detected using anti-digoxigenin or fluorescein antibody conjugated to Alkaline Phosphatase (Roche), or the TSA-Plus DNP System (PerkinElmer Life Sciences) in combination with fast red staining for double FISH.
- Western Blotting
- Visual cortex from isoflurane-anesthetized mice was dissected and white matter stripped by aspiration before homogenizing by sonication in 50 mM tris-HCl, pH 7.4 containing 10 mM EDTA and 1 mM PMSF. Total protein concentration was determined by colorimetric (Bradford) assay system (BIO RAD) and used to normalize loading. Equal amounts of protein sample (20 or 40 μg per lane) were separated by SDS/PAGE and transferred to PVDF membranes (ATTO Corporation) with semi-dry blotter. Membranes were blocked with 5% skim milk in TBS, pH7.6 containing 0.1% Tween20 for 2 h, then treated with rabbit polyclonal anti-lynx1 (1:1000) (I. Ibanez-Tallon et al., Neuron, 33: 893 (2002) overnight at 4° C., washed and incubated with AP-conjugated secondary antibody. Blots were visualized by adding NBT/BCIP solution.
- Immunohistochemistry
- Mice were perfused transcardially with 0.9% saline then 4% paraformaldehyde, and brains removed into 30% sucrose/paraformaldehyde for cryoprotection. Brains were cut in coronal section (30 μm) on a freezing microtome. Sections were rinsed in PBS, then incubated overnight at 4° C. in monoclonal antibody against Myelin Basic Protein (MBP: Chemicon, 1:200) or biotin-WFA (1:400), followed by secondary antibodies (anti-mouse IgG-Alexa-488, 594, streptavidin-488, 1:400).
- Monocular Deprivation (MD) Procedure
- Eyelid margins were trimmed by iris scissor and eyes sutured shut under isoflurane anesthesia. Eyes were closed 4-5 days for short term MD (STMD), from P19 to >P60 for long term MD (CP-LTMD), and from P19 to P33 for recovery studies.
- Extracellular Recording In Vivo
- Electrophysiological recording was performed under nembutal/chlorprothixene anesthesia using standard techniques for mice (T. K. Hensch et al., Science 282: 1504 (1998); J. A. Gordon, M. P. Stryker, J Neurosci 16: 3274 (1996). Ocular dominance in the binocular zone of each mouse was calculated as a contralateral bias index (CBI): [(n1-n7)+⅔(n2-n6)+⅓(n3-n5)+N]/2N, where N=total number of cells and nx=number of cells corresponding to ocular dominance score of x (J. A. Gordon, M. P. Stryker, J Neurosci 16, 3274 (1996)). For statistical comparison of OD distributions, normalized OD scores of single neurons were plotted as cumulative distribution for each experimental group. OD score was computed by PSTH analysis of peak to baseline spiking activity in response to each eye: {[Peak(ipsi)-baseline(ipsi)]−[Peak(contra)-baseline(contra)]}/{[Peak(ipsi)-baseline(ipsi)]+[Peak(contra)-baseline(contra)]} (T. Pizzorusso et al., Science, 298: 1248 (2002)).
- Visual Evoked Potentials
- VEPs were recorded under nembutal/chlorprothixene anesthesia using standard techniques in mice (V. Porciatti, T. Pizzorusso, L. Maffei, Vision Res, 39: 3071 (1999)). A tungsten electrode was inserted into V1 where the maximal VEP response is located within the
visual field 20° from the vertical meridian (usually 3 mm from lambda). To record VEPs, the electrode was advanced to a depth of 100-400 μm within cortex where VEPs exhibit their maximal amplitude. Signals were band-pass-filtered (0.1-100 Hz), amplified, and fed to a computer for analysis. In brief, at least 20 events were averaged in synchrony with the stimulus contrast reversal. Transient VEPs in response to abrupt contrast reversal (1 Hz) were evaluated in the time domain by measuring the peak-to-baseline amplitude of the major negative component. Visual stimuli were horizontal sinusoidal gratings of different spatial frequencies at 90% contrast. Visual acuity was obtained by extrapolation to zero amplitude of the linear regression through the last four to five data points along a curve of VEP amplitude plotted against log spatial frequency. - Drug Administration
- Nicotine (1 mg/kg, s.c.) was injected during VEP recording from V1. Mecamylamine (2.5 mg/kg) or a mixture of α4-+α7-selective DHβE (2 mg/kg)+MLA (5 mg/kg) were administered systemically (daily, i.p.) (J. A. Davis, T. J. Gould, Psychopharmacol., 184: 345 (2006)). Focal mecamylamine (50 mM) or Diazepam (2 mg/ml in 50% propylene glycol) were administered via low-flow osmotic mini-pump infusion directly into V1 (1.0 μl/hr, 200 ml over 5-7 days; Alzet Model 2001, Alza) before recording (T. K. Hensch et al., Science 282, 1504 (1998)). Acetylcholinesterase Inhibitor (AchEI: physostigmine, 0.1 mg/kg, i.p.) was injected daily from P45 until one day before recording.
- In order to identify molecules responsible for the gradual emergence of molecular “brakes” that actively prevent plasticity in the adult brain, the transcriptome of the binocular zone in mouse V1 was analysed for molecules that are expressed more in adulthood than during the critical period (Plessy et al., PLoS ONE 3, e3012 (2008)). Lynx1 was identified as one such molecule. Lynx1 is an endogenous prototoxin similar to α-bungarotoxin in snake venom and binds to the nicotinic acetylcholine receptor (nAChR) (J. M. Miwa et al., Neuron 23, 105 (1999). Lynx1 expression increases only after the critical period for amblyopia in adult V1 both at the protein and mRNA level (
FIG. 1A ). Along the visual pathway, Lynx1 transcripts were expressed both inV1 and the lateral geniculate nucleus (LGN) (FIG. 1B ). In contrast, expression of another member of the lynx family, Lynx2, declined over the critical period and was hardly found in the visual pathway (FIG. 2 ). - Lynx1 function in the binocular region was therefore directly assessed by electrophysiological recordings from knockout mice. In mice lacking the Lynx1 gene, the eye preference of single neurons (ocular dominance) was no different from that of wild-type mice (
FIG. 1E ). Upon short-term (4 day) monocular deprivation (MD) in mature wild-type animals (>postnatal day 60, P60), there was little change in the visual spiking response (H. Morishita, T. K. Hensch, Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 18, 101 (2008). Instead, adult Lynx1 knockout mice exhibited a robust shift in responsiveness away from the deprived eye (FIG. 1 , C to E). This heightened plasticity was specific to older ages, because short-term MD was equally effective in both wild-type and Lynx1 knockout mice during the critical period (FIG. 3A ). Lynx1 protein directly binds to nAChRs (I. Ibañez-Tallon et al., Neuron 33, 893 (2002)), such as the major central subunits α4β2 heteromers or α7 homomers, to reduce their sensitivity to acetylcholine. The response to systemic nicotine injection in Lynx1 knockout mice was directly assessed by measuring visual evoked potential (VEP) response in anesthetized V1. Enhancement of the VEP response was only observed in Lynx1 knockout mice (FIGS. 3 , B and C). To test whether nAChR signaling mediates adult plasticity in Lynx1 knockout mice, the broadspectrum antagonist mecamylamine was applied concurrent with short-term MD. Either systemic injection or restricted infusion directly into V1 by osmotic minipump was sufficient to prevent adult plasticity. These results were corroborated by systemic treatment with a mixture of α4- and α7-subunit-selective nAChR antagonists (J. A. Davis, T. J. Gould, Psychopharmacology (Berl.) 184, 345 (2006)), dihydro-β-erythroidine (DHβE) plus methyllycaconitine (MLA) (FIG. 3A ). - To establish the clinical relevance of these findings, recovery from amblyopia was directly measured in adulthood. In wild-type mice, long-term MD spanning the entire critical period results in a significant reduction of visual acuity as measured directly in V1 by VEP (H. Morishita, T. K. Hensch, Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 18, 101 (2008)). Notably, this reduction persisted into adulthood even if the closed eye was reopened for more than 1 month after the critical period (
FIGS. 4 , A and C). Lynx1 knockout mice spontaneously recovered visual acuity to normal levels simply by reopening the closed eye (FIGS. 4 , A and C), exhibiting VEPs even at higher spatial frequencies (FIG. 4B ). Given the cholinergic basis of this plasticity, attempts to induce recovery even in adult wild-type mice by enhancing endogenous ACh signaling were performed. Injection of an acetylcholinesterase inhibitor, physostigmine, during the period of eye reopening similarly restored vision to wild-type mice initially rendered amblyopic (FIG. 4C ). - Recovery of function in Lynx1 knockout mice is likely due to an enhanced visual responsiveness during arousal. Structural changes at the level of perineuronal nets (T. Pizzorusso et al., Science 298, 1248 (2002)) or myelination (A. W. McGee, Y et al., Science 309, 2222 (2005)) in Lynx1 knockout mice (
FIG. 5 ) were not observed. Aging-related neurodegeneration reported previously in these animals (J. M. Miwa et al., Neuron 51, 587 (2006)) was confirmed to occur only past 9 months of age. Instead, local excitatory-inhibitory circuit balance might have been affected earlier (H. Morishita, T. K. Hensch, Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 18, 101 (2008)) (FIG. 6A ). Previous reports across various species have localized nAChRs to thalamocortical terminals presynaptic to principal cells (A. A. Disney, C. Aoki, M. J. Hawken, Neuron 56, 701 (2007); G. T. Prusky, C. Shaw, M. S. Cynader, Brain Res. 412, 131 (1987); D. Parkinson, K. E. Kratz, N. W. Daw, Exp. Brain Res. 73, 553 (1988); Z. Gil, B. W. Connors, Y. Amitai, Neuron 19, 679 (1997); I. Kruglikov, B. Rudy, Neuron 58, 911 (2008)), facilitating excitation in V1 (E. Lucas-Meunier et al., Cereb. Cortex 19, 2411 (2009); M. C. Kuo, D. D. Rasmusson, H. C. Dringenberg, Neuroscience 163, 430 (2009)). Activation of nAChRs upon specific inhibitory neurons could further modulate excitatory inhibitory balance by disinhibition (P. Aracri et al., Cereb.Cortex 20, 1539 (2010); M. Alkondon, et al. J. Neurosci. 20, 66 (2000)), as in the case of congenital nAChR mutation that disrupts GABA-mediated transmission (E. O. Mann, I. Mody, Curr. Opin. Neurol. 21, 155 (2008)). - Indeed, Lynx1 and nAChR mRNAs were coexpressed not only in the LGN (
FIG. 7 ) but also in a subpopulation of GABA cells, primarily parvalbumin-positive interneurons (FIG. 6B andFIG. 7B ). Activation of nAChRs may also exert long-term epigenetic effects on GABA synthesis R. Satta et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 105, 16356 (2008)). To probe whether excitatory-inhibitory imbalance may contribute to adult plasticity in Lynx1 knockout mice, intracortical inhibition was directly restored by focal benzodiazepine infusion from osmotic minipumps. Diazepam treatment of V1 abolished adult plasticity in Lynx1 knockout mice (FIG. 6C ), as did nAChR blockade (FIG. 3A ). Thus, Lynx1 reduces adult plasticity through cholinergic signaling mechanisms that may adjust excitatory inhibitory balance later in life (H. Morishita, T. K. Hensch, Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 18, 101 (2008)). - Taken together, Lynx1 provides both a valuable endogenous tool with which to probe critical period closure and offers novel therapeutic and conceptual insight. In contrast to muscarinic receptors engaged during the critical period (Q. Gu, W. Singer, Eur. J. Neurosci. 5, 475 (1993)), the results presented herein highlight a nicotinic component for adult V1 plasticity. Although a role for muscarinic receptors is not ruled out (J. L. Herrero et al., Nature 454, 1110 (2008)), deletion of Lynx1 alone is sufficient to rescue visual acuity. Recovery strategies aimed at the Lynx1-nAChR interaction (J. M. Miwa et al., Neuron 23, 105 (1999); I. Ibañez-Tallon et al., Neuron 33, 893 (2002).) could be fruitful in conjunction with attentional tasks that stimulate cholinergic release (e.g., perceptual learning, video-game training) (M. Goard, Y. Dan, Nat. Neurosci. 12, 1444 (2009); J. I. Kang, E. Vaucher, PLoS ONE 4, e5995 (2009); D. M. Levi, R. W. Li, Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond. B Biol. Sci. 364, 399 (2009); M. W. Dye, C. S. Green, D. Bavelier, Neuropsychologia 47, 1780 (2009)). Clinically approved cholinesterase inhibitors that boost the afferent response in human visual cortex (M. A. Silver, A. Shenhav, M. D'Esposito,
Neuron 60, 904 (2008)) may be useful for treating some amblyopes (FIG. 3C ), including those with subcortical changes (R. F. Hess, B. Thompson, G. Gole, K. T. Mullen, Eur. J. Neurosci. 29, 1064 (2009)). Amblyopia might further serve as a diagnostic measure to identify tobacco exposure (P. Lempert, Ophthalmic Physiol. Opt. 25, 592 (2005)) or schizophrenia (M. Suter, et al. Brain Res. Brain Res. Rev. 48, 98 (2005).). - Although a permissive role for cholinergic input has long been appreciated during the critical period (M. F. Bear, W. Singer, Nature 320, 172 (1986)), it has remained a mystery why V1 plasticity is severely restricted in adulthood even in the presence of massive innervation from the basal forebrain. Lynx1 expression not only contributes to nAChR agonist binding and desensitization kinetics (J. M. Miwa et al., Neuron 23, 105 (1999)), but also may respond to changes in network activity (C. K. Pfeffer et al., J. Neurosci. 29, 3419 (2009)). Local regulation of Lynx1 levels may allow cholinergic activation to induce islands of plasticity while maintaining overall circuit stability. Visual attention tasks in fact preferentially modulate fastspiking inhibitory neurons (J. F. Mitchell, et al., Neuron 55, 131 (2007); Y. Chen et al., Nat. Neurosci. 11, 974 (2008)), consistent with a convergence of top-down influences upon local excitatory-inhibitory circuit balance.
- Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more that routine experimentation, many equivalents to the specific embodiments of the invention described herein. Such equivalents are intended to be encompassed by the following claims.
Claims (20)
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US15/160,772 US20170105980A1 (en) | 2010-11-12 | 2016-05-20 | Methods For Treating Nicotinic Acetylcholine Receptor Associated Diseases |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US41310910P | 2010-11-12 | 2010-11-12 | |
US13/294,490 US9345696B2 (en) | 2010-11-12 | 2011-11-11 | Methods for treating nicotinic acetylcholine receptor associated diseases |
US15/160,772 US20170105980A1 (en) | 2010-11-12 | 2016-05-20 | Methods For Treating Nicotinic Acetylcholine Receptor Associated Diseases |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/294,490 Continuation US9345696B2 (en) | 2010-11-12 | 2011-11-11 | Methods for treating nicotinic acetylcholine receptor associated diseases |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20170105980A1 true US20170105980A1 (en) | 2017-04-20 |
Family
ID=46199598
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/294,490 Expired - Fee Related US9345696B2 (en) | 2010-11-12 | 2011-11-11 | Methods for treating nicotinic acetylcholine receptor associated diseases |
US15/160,772 Abandoned US20170105980A1 (en) | 2010-11-12 | 2016-05-20 | Methods For Treating Nicotinic Acetylcholine Receptor Associated Diseases |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/294,490 Expired - Fee Related US9345696B2 (en) | 2010-11-12 | 2011-11-11 | Methods for treating nicotinic acetylcholine receptor associated diseases |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US9345696B2 (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN108578701A (en) * | 2018-04-25 | 2018-09-28 | 中国人民解放军总医院 | Applications of the LYNX1 in promoting diabetic's implant osseointegration |
CN110021394A (en) * | 2019-04-09 | 2019-07-16 | 中南大学湘雅二医院 | A kind of the team's medical record management and dynamic tracing system of initiative community treatment |
Families Citing this family (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2012167214A1 (en) | 2011-06-03 | 2012-12-06 | Ophidion Inc. | Compositions and methods for transport across the blood brain barrier |
EP2970373A1 (en) | 2013-03-12 | 2016-01-20 | The Board of Trustees of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Methods and compositions for inhibiting the effects of amyloid beta oligomers |
US20170274003A1 (en) * | 2014-09-16 | 2017-09-28 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Blocking pirb upregulates spines and functional synapses to unlock visual cortical plasticity and facilitate recovery from amblyopia |
Family Cites Families (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6273092B1 (en) * | 2000-09-22 | 2001-08-14 | Gerard M. Nolan | Methods for treating various eye disorders |
WO2004034963A2 (en) * | 2002-05-17 | 2004-04-29 | Eisai Co., Ltd. | Methods and compositions using cholinesterase inhibitors |
CA2522043A1 (en) * | 2003-04-25 | 2004-11-11 | Gerard M. Nolan | Method and composition for preventing, reducing and reversing ocular ischemic neuronal damage |
-
2011
- 2011-11-11 US US13/294,490 patent/US9345696B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2016
- 2016-05-20 US US15/160,772 patent/US20170105980A1/en not_active Abandoned
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN108578701A (en) * | 2018-04-25 | 2018-09-28 | 中国人民解放军总医院 | Applications of the LYNX1 in promoting diabetic's implant osseointegration |
CN110021394A (en) * | 2019-04-09 | 2019-07-16 | 中南大学湘雅二医院 | A kind of the team's medical record management and dynamic tracing system of initiative community treatment |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US9345696B2 (en) | 2016-05-24 |
US20120148495A1 (en) | 2012-06-14 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
Arrant et al. | Progranulin gene therapy improves lysosomal dysfunction and microglial pathology associated with frontotemporal dementia and neuronal ceroid lipofuscinosis | |
Crider et al. | Complement component 3a receptor deficiency attenuates chronic stress-induced monocyte infiltration and depressive-like behavior | |
Bloom et al. | Constitutively active SARM1 variants that induce neuropathy are enriched in ALS patients | |
Aloisi et al. | Altered surface mGluR5 dynamics provoke synaptic NMDAR dysfunction and cognitive defects in Fmr1 knockout mice | |
Kim et al. | Axon regeneration in young adult mice lacking Nogo-A/B | |
Karimi‐Abdolrezaee et al. | Temporal and spatial patterns of Kv1. 1 and Kv1. 2 protein and gene expression in spinal cord white matter after acute and chronic spinal cord injury in rats: implications for axonal pathophysiology after neurotrauma | |
Arsenault et al. | FMRP expression levels in mouse central nervous system neurons determine behavioral phenotype | |
Thomsen et al. | Genetics and pathogenesis of dystonia | |
US9086420B2 (en) | Methods for identifying analgesic agents | |
US20180264140A1 (en) | Motor neuron-specific expression vectors | |
US20170105980A1 (en) | Methods For Treating Nicotinic Acetylcholine Receptor Associated Diseases | |
McAdam et al. | Loss of huntingtin function slows synaptic vesicle endocytosis in striatal neurons from the httQ140/Q140 mouse model of Huntington's disease | |
Ralvenius et al. | Itch suppression in mice and dogs by modulation of spinal α2 and α3GABAA receptors | |
US20240366736A1 (en) | Method for managing pain | |
Jensen et al. | Targeting TNFα produced by astrocytes expressing amyotrophic lateral sclerosis‐linked mutant fused in sarcoma prevents neurodegeneration and motor dysfunction in mice | |
Bloom et al. | Constitutively active SARM1 variants found in ALS patients induce neuropathy | |
Ren et al. | DiGeorge syndrome critical region gene 2 (DGCR2), a schizophrenia risk gene, regulates dendritic spine development through cell adhesion | |
JP2005520557A (en) | Histone deacetylase: a novel molecular target for neurotoxicity | |
US20130210884A1 (en) | Methods for Identifying Analgesic Agents | |
WO2014171826A1 (en) | Treatment of cognitive impairment in depressive disorders | |
Peterson et al. | Biological basis of childhood neuropsychiatric disorders | |
Omer et al. | Protein kinase D1 variant associated with human epilepsy and peripheral nerve hypermyelination | |
US20240034765A1 (en) | Scg2 neuropeptides and uses thereof | |
BRPI0615439A2 (en) | methods for treating anxiety and identifying anxiolytic agents | |
US20050288247A1 (en) | Inducible inactivation of synaptic transmission |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: CHILDREN'S MEDICAL CENTER CORPORATION, MASSACHUSET Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:HENSCH, TAKAO K.;REEL/FRAME:039561/0902 Effective date: 20121107 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: PRESIDENT AND FELLOWS OF HARVARD COLLEGE, MASSACHU Free format text: CORRECTIVE ASSIGNMENT TO CORRECT THE INCLUDE SECOND ASSIGNEE PREVIOUSLY RECORDED AT REEL: 029293 FRAME: 0484. ASSIGNOR(S) HEREBY CONFIRMS THE ASSIGNMENT;ASSIGNOR:HENSCH, TAKAO K.;REEL/FRAME:039902/0619 Effective date: 20121102 Owner name: CHILDREN'S MEDICAL CENTER CORPORATION, MASSACHUSET Free format text: CORRECTIVE ASSIGNMENT TO CORRECT THE INCLUDE SECOND ASSIGNEE PREVIOUSLY RECORDED AT REEL: 029293 FRAME: 0484. ASSIGNOR(S) HEREBY CONFIRMS THE ASSIGNMENT;ASSIGNOR:HENSCH, TAKAO K.;REEL/FRAME:039902/0619 Effective date: 20121102 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |